xref: /PHP-5.3/ext/pcre/pcrelib/pcre_compile.c (revision 357ab3cb)
1 /*************************************************
2 *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
3 *************************************************/
4 
5 /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
6 and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
7 
8                        Written by Philip Hazel
9            Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
10 
11 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
13 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
14 
15     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
16       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17 
18     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
19       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
20       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
21 
22     * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
23       contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
24       this software without specific prior written permission.
25 
26 THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
27 AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
28 IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
29 ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
30 LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
31 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
32 SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
33 INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
34 CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
35 ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
36 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
37 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
38 */
39 
40 
41 /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
42 supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
43 
44 
45 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
46 #include "config.h"
47 #endif
48 
49 #define NLBLOCK cd             /* Block containing newline information */
50 #define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
51 #define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
52 
53 #include "pcre_internal.h"
54 
55 
56 /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which
57 is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production
58 library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the
59 COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */
60 
61 #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
62 /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */
63 #define PCRE_INCLUDED
64 #include "pcre_printint.c"
65 #undef PCRE_INCLUDED
66 #endif
67 
68 
69 /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
70 
71 #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7))
72 
73 /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
74 holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
75 INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
76 to check them every time. */
77 
78 #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
79 
80 /* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */
81 
82 static int
83   add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *,
84     const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int);
85 
86 static BOOL
87   compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int,
88     pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *,
89     compile_data *, int *);
90 
91 
92 
93 /*************************************************
94 *      Code parameters and static tables         *
95 *************************************************/
96 
97 /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
98 first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
99 is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
100 soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
101 does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
102 so this number is very generous.
103 
104 The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
105 remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
106 end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
107 is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get
108 filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like
109 /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so
110 that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value
111 below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The
112 minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc()
113 kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */
114 
115 #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE)
116 #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
117 
118 /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the
119 overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */
120 
121 #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100)
122 
123 /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */
124 
125 #define REQ_CASELESS    (1 << 0)        /* Indicates caselessness */
126 #define REQ_VARY        (1 << 1)        /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */
127 /* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */
128 #define REQ_UNSET       (-2)
129 #define REQ_NONE        (-1)
130 
131 /* Repeated character flags. */
132 
133 #define UTF_LENGTH     0x10000000l      /* The char contains its length. */
134 
135 /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
136 are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
137 on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
138 is invalid. */
139 
140 #ifndef EBCDIC
141 
142 /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
143 in UTF-8 mode. */
144 
145 static const short int escapes[] = {
146      0,                       0,
147      0,                       0,
148      0,                       0,
149      0,                       0,
150      0,                       0,
151      CHAR_COLON,              CHAR_SEMICOLON,
152      CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN,     CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
153      CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,  CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
154      CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT,      -ESC_A,
155      -ESC_B,                  -ESC_C,
156      -ESC_D,                  -ESC_E,
157      0,                       -ESC_G,
158      -ESC_H,                  0,
159      0,                       -ESC_K,
160      0,                       0,
161      -ESC_N,                  0,
162      -ESC_P,                  -ESC_Q,
163      -ESC_R,                  -ESC_S,
164      0,                       0,
165      -ESC_V,                  -ESC_W,
166      -ESC_X,                  0,
167      -ESC_Z,                  CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
168      CHAR_BACKSLASH,          CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
169      CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT,  CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
170      CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT,       7,
171      -ESC_b,                  0,
172      -ESC_d,                  ESC_e,
173      ESC_f,                   0,
174      -ESC_h,                  0,
175      0,                       -ESC_k,
176      0,                       0,
177      ESC_n,                   0,
178      -ESC_p,                  0,
179      ESC_r,                   -ESC_s,
180      ESC_tee,                 0,
181      -ESC_v,                  -ESC_w,
182      0,                       0,
183      -ESC_z
184 };
185 
186 #else
187 
188 /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
189 
190 static const short int escapes[] = {
191 /*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
192 /*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
193 /*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
194 /*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
195 /*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
196 /*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
197 /*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
198 /*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
199 /*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
200 /*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
201 /*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
202 /*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
203 /*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
204 /*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
205 /*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
206 /*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
207 /*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
208 /*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,-ESC_N,      0, -ESC_P,
209 /*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
210 /*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
211 /*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
212 /*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
213 /*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
214 };
215 #endif
216 
217 
218 /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
219 searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
220 the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
221 string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
222 platforms. */
223 
224 typedef struct verbitem {
225   int   len;                 /* Length of verb name */
226   int   op;                  /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */
227   int   op_arg;              /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */
228 } verbitem;
229 
230 static const char verbnames[] =
231   "\0"                       /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */
232   STRING_MARK0
233   STRING_ACCEPT0
234   STRING_COMMIT0
235   STRING_F0
236   STRING_FAIL0
237   STRING_PRUNE0
238   STRING_SKIP0
239   STRING_THEN;
240 
241 static const verbitem verbs[] = {
242   { 0, -1,        OP_MARK },
243   { 4, -1,        OP_MARK },
244   { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 },
245   { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 },
246   { 1, OP_FAIL,   -1 },
247   { 4, OP_FAIL,   -1 },
248   { 5, OP_PRUNE,  OP_PRUNE_ARG },
249   { 4, OP_SKIP,   OP_SKIP_ARG  },
250   { 4, OP_THEN,   OP_THEN_ARG  }
251 };
252 
253 static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
254 
255 
256 /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
257 now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
258 library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
259 length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
260 for handling case independence. */
261 
262 static const char posix_names[] =
263   STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
264   STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
265   STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
266   STRING_word0  STRING_xdigit;
267 
268 static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = {
269   5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
270 
271 /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
272 base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
273 classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
274 characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
275 character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
276 second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
277 addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
278 absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
279 remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
280 
281 static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
282   cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
283   cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
284   cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
285   cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
286   cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
287   cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
288   cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
289   cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
290   cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
291   cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
292   cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
293   cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
294   cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
295   cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
296 };
297 
298 /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. The POSIX class
299 substitutes must be in the order of the names, defined above, and there are
300 both positive and negative cases. NULL means no substitute. */
301 
302 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
303 static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[]  = {
304   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
305   CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
306 static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[]  = {
307   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
308   CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
309 static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = {
310   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
311   CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
312 static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = {
313   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
314   CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
315 static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = {
316   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
317   CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
318 static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = {
319   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
320   CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
321 
322 static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = {
323   string_PNd,           /* \D */
324   string_pNd,           /* \d */
325   string_PXsp,          /* \S */       /* NOTE: Xsp is Perl space */
326   string_pXsp,          /* \s */
327   string_PXwd,          /* \W */
328   string_pXwd           /* \w */
329 };
330 
331 static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] =   {
332   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
333   CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
334 static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] =  {
335   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
336   CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
337 static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] =  {
338   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
339   CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
340 static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = {
341   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
342   CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
343 static const pcre_uchar string_h[] =    {
344   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' };
345 static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = {
346   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
347   CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
348 static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] =   {
349   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
350   CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
351 static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] =  {
352   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
353   CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
354 static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] =  {
355   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
356   CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
357 static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = {
358   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
359   CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
360 static const pcre_uchar string_H[] =    {
361   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' };
362 static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = {
363   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
364   CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
365 
366 static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = {
367   string_pL,            /* alpha */
368   string_pLl,           /* lower */
369   string_pLu,           /* upper */
370   string_pXan,          /* alnum */
371   NULL,                 /* ascii */
372   string_h,             /* blank */
373   NULL,                 /* cntrl */
374   string_pNd,           /* digit */
375   NULL,                 /* graph */
376   NULL,                 /* print */
377   NULL,                 /* punct */
378   string_pXps,          /* space */    /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */
379   string_pXwd,          /* word */
380   NULL,                 /* xdigit */
381   /* Negated cases */
382   string_PL,            /* ^alpha */
383   string_PLl,           /* ^lower */
384   string_PLu,           /* ^upper */
385   string_PXan,          /* ^alnum */
386   NULL,                 /* ^ascii */
387   string_H,             /* ^blank */
388   NULL,                 /* ^cntrl */
389   string_PNd,           /* ^digit */
390   NULL,                 /* ^graph */
391   NULL,                 /* ^print */
392   NULL,                 /* ^punct */
393   string_PXps,          /* ^space */   /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */
394   string_PXwd,          /* ^word */
395   NULL                  /* ^xdigit */
396 };
397 #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *))
398 #endif
399 
400 #define STRING(a)  # a
401 #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
402 
403 /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
404 are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
405 they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
406 are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
407 the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
408 it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
409 lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
410 simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
411 because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error.
412 
413 Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final
414 substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when
415 counting through. */
416 
417 static const char error_texts[] =
418   "no error\0"
419   "\\ at end of pattern\0"
420   "\\c at end of pattern\0"
421   "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
422   "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
423   /* 5 */
424   "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
425   "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
426   "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
427   "range out of order in character class\0"
428   "nothing to repeat\0"
429   /* 10 */
430   "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0"  /** DEAD **/
431   "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
432   "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
433   "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
434   "missing )\0"
435   /* 15 */
436   "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
437   "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
438   "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
439   "missing ) after comment\0"
440   "parentheses nested too deeply\0"  /** DEAD **/
441   /* 20 */
442   "regular expression is too large\0"
443   "failed to get memory\0"
444   "unmatched parentheses\0"
445   "internal error: code overflow\0"
446   "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
447   /* 25 */
448   "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
449   "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
450   "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
451   "assertion expected after (?(\0"
452   "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
453   /* 30 */
454   "unknown POSIX class name\0"
455   "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
456   "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0"
457   "spare error\0"  /** DEAD **/
458   "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
459   /* 35 */
460   "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
461   "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
462   "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0"
463   "number after (?C is > 255\0"
464   "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
465   /* 40 */
466   "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
467   "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
468   "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
469   "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
470   "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
471   /* 45 */
472   "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
473   "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
474   "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
475   "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
476   "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
477   /* 50 */
478   "repeated subpattern is too long\0"    /** DEAD **/
479   "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0"
480   "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
481   "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
482   "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
483   /* 55 */
484   "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"  /** DEAD **/
485   "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
486   "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
487   "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
488   "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0"
489   /* 60 */
490   "(*VERB) not recognized\0"
491   "number is too big\0"
492   "subpattern name expected\0"
493   "digit expected after (?+\0"
494   "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0"
495   /* 65 */
496   "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0"
497   "(*MARK) must have an argument\0"
498   "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0"
499   "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0"
500   "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0"
501   /* 70 */
502   "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0"
503   "\\N is not supported in a class\0"
504   "too many forward references\0"
505   "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0"
506   "invalid UTF-16 string\0"
507   /* 75 */
508   "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0"
509   "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0"
510   "invalid UTF-32 string\0"
511   ;
512 
513 /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
514 patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
515 may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
516 to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
517 a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
518 character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
519 applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
520 efficiently.
521 
522 For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
523 
524   0x04   decimal digit
525   0x08   hexadecimal digit
526 
527 Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
528 
529 /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read
530 is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it
531 into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */
532 
533 #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9)
534 
535 #ifndef EBCDIC
536 
537 /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
538 UTF-8 mode. */
539 
540 static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
541   {
542   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
543   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
544   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
545   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
546   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
547   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
548   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
549   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
550   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
551   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
552   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
553   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
554   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
555   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
556   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
557   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
558   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
559   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
560   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
561   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
562   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
563   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
564   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
565   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
566   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
567   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
568   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
569   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
570   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
571   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
572   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
573   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
574 
575 #else
576 
577 /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
578 
579 static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
580   {
581   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
582   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
583   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
584   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
585   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
586   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
587   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
588   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
589   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
590   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
591   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
592   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95    */
593   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
594   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
595   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
596   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
597   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
598   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
599   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
600   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
601   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
602   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
603   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
604   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
605   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
606   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
607   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
608   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
609   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
610   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
611   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
612   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
613 
614 static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
615   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
616   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
617   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
618   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
619   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
620   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
621   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
622   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
623   0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
624   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
625   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
626   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95 */
627   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
628   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
629   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
630   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
631   0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
632   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
633   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
634   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
635   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
636   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
637   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
638   0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
639   0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
640   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
641   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
642   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
643   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
644   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
645   0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
646   0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
647 #endif
648 
649 
650 
651 /*************************************************
652 *            Find an error text                  *
653 *************************************************/
654 
655 /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
656 some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
657 Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
658 because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
659 
660 Argument:   the error number
661 Returns:    pointer to the error string
662 */
663 
664 static const char *
find_error_text(int n)665 find_error_text(int n)
666 {
667 const char *s = error_texts;
668 for (; n > 0; n--)
669   {
670   while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {};
671   if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)";
672   }
673 return s;
674 }
675 
676 
677 /*************************************************
678 *           Expand the workspace                 *
679 *************************************************/
680 
681 /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of
682 forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on
683 the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit
684 has been reached or the increase will be rather small.
685 
686 Argument: pointer to the compile data block
687 Returns:  0 if all went well, else an error number
688 */
689 
690 static int
expand_workspace(compile_data * cd)691 expand_workspace(compile_data *cd)
692 {
693 pcre_uchar *newspace;
694 int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2;
695 
696 if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX;
697 if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX ||
698     newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
699  return ERR72;
700 
701 newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize));
702 if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21;
703 memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
704 cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace);
705 if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
706   (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
707 cd->start_workspace = newspace;
708 cd->workspace_size = newsize;
709 return 0;
710 }
711 
712 
713 
714 /*************************************************
715 *            Check for counted repeat            *
716 *************************************************/
717 
718 /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
719 start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
720 It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
721 where the ddds are digits.
722 
723 Arguments:
724   p         pointer to the first char after '{'
725 
726 Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
727 */
728 
729 static BOOL
is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar * p)730 is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p)
731 {
732 if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
733 p++;
734 while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
735 if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
736 
737 if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
738 if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
739 
740 if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
741 p++;
742 while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
743 
744 return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
745 }
746 
747 
748 
749 /*************************************************
750 *            Handle escapes                      *
751 *************************************************/
752 
753 /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
754 positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character
755 which will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as
756 negative n. When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may
757 be returned in chptr.
758 On entry,ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the
759 escape sequence.
760 
761 Arguments:
762   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
763   chptr          points to the data character
764   errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
765   bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
766   options        the options bits
767   isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
768 
769 Returns:         zero => a data character
770                  positive => a special escape sequence
771                  negative => a back reference
772                  on error, errorcodeptr is set
773 */
774 
775 static int
check_escape(const pcre_uchar ** ptrptr,pcre_uint32 * chptr,int * errorcodeptr,int bracount,int options,BOOL isclass)776 check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr,
777   int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass)
778 {
779 /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
780 BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
781 const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
782 pcre_uint32 c;
783 int escape = 0;
784 int i;
785 
786 GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);           /* Get character value, increment pointer */
787 ptr--;                            /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
788 
789 /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
790 
791 if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
792 
793 /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
794 in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
795 Otherwise further processing may be required. */
796 
797 #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
798 /* Not alphanumeric */
799 else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}
800 else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
801 
802 #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
803 /* Not alphanumeric */
804 else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {}
805 else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
806 #endif
807 
808 /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
809 
810 else
811   {
812   const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
813   BOOL braced, negated, overflow;
814   int s;
815 
816   switch (c)
817     {
818     /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
819     error. */
820 
821     case CHAR_l:
822     case CHAR_L:
823     *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
824     break;
825 
826     case CHAR_u:
827     if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
828       {
829       /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers.
830       Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */
831       if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
832         && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
833         && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
834         && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
835         {
836         c = 0;
837         for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
838           {
839           register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
840 #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
841           if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
842           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
843 #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
844           if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
845           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
846 #endif
847           }
848 
849 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
850         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xff))
851 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
852         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xffff))
853 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
854         if (utf && c > 0x10ffff)
855 #endif
856           {
857           *errorcodeptr = ERR76;
858           }
859         else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
860         }
861       }
862     else
863       *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
864     break;
865 
866     case CHAR_U:
867     /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */
868     if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
869     break;
870 
871     /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character
872     class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
873 
874     (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
875     backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
876     5.10 feature.
877 
878     (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
879     is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
880     this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
881     was \k.
882 
883     (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
884     number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
885     (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
886     the ESC_g code (cf \k). */
887 
888     case CHAR_g:
889     if (isclass) break;
890     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
891       {
892       escape = ESC_g;
893       break;
894       }
895 
896     /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
897 
898     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
899       {
900       const pcre_uchar *p;
901       for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
902         if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break;
903       if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
904         {
905         escape = ESC_k;
906         break;
907         }
908       braced = TRUE;
909       ptr++;
910       }
911     else braced = FALSE;
912 
913     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
914       {
915       negated = TRUE;
916       ptr++;
917       }
918     else negated = FALSE;
919 
920     /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
921     s = 0;
922     overflow = FALSE;
923     while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
924       {
925       if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
926         {
927         overflow = TRUE;
928         break;
929         }
930       s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
931       }
932     if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
933       {
934       while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
935         ptr++;
936       *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
937       break;
938       }
939 
940     if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
941       {
942       *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
943       break;
944       }
945 
946     if (s == 0)
947       {
948       *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
949       break;
950       }
951 
952     if (negated)
953       {
954       if (s > bracount)
955         {
956         *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
957         break;
958         }
959       s = bracount - (s - 1);
960       }
961 
962     escape = -s;
963     break;
964 
965     /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
966     starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
967     the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
968 
969     Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
970     number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
971     left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
972     digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
973     123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
974     value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
975     character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
976 
977     case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
978     case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
979 
980     if (!isclass)
981       {
982       oldptr = ptr;
983       /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
984       s = (int)(c -CHAR_0);
985       overflow = FALSE;
986       while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
987         {
988         if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
989           {
990           overflow = TRUE;
991           break;
992           }
993         s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
994         }
995       if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
996         {
997         while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
998           ptr++;
999         *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
1000         break;
1001         }
1002       if (s < 10 || s <= bracount)
1003         {
1004         escape = -s;
1005         break;
1006         }
1007       ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
1008       }
1009 
1010     /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
1011     generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
1012     Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
1013 
1014     if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8)
1015       {
1016       ptr--;
1017       c = 0;
1018       break;
1019       }
1020 
1021     /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
1022     larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
1023     significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
1024     to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode,
1025     but no more than 3 octal digits. */
1026 
1027     case CHAR_0:
1028     c -= CHAR_0;
1029     while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
1030         c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
1031 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
1032     if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
1033 #endif
1034     break;
1035 
1036     /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
1037     than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits.
1038     If not, { is treated as a data character. */
1039 
1040     case CHAR_x:
1041     if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
1042       {
1043       /* In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal numbers.
1044       Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */
1045       if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
1046         && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
1047         {
1048         c = 0;
1049         for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
1050           {
1051           register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
1052 #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
1053           if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
1054           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1055 #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
1056           if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
1057           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1058 #endif
1059           }
1060         }
1061       break;
1062       }
1063 
1064     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1065       {
1066       const pcre_uchar *pt = ptr + 2;
1067 
1068       c = 0;
1069       overflow = FALSE;
1070       while (MAX_255(*pt) && (digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
1071         {
1072         register pcre_uint32 cc = *pt++;
1073         if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
1074 
1075 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
1076         if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
1077 #endif
1078 
1079 #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
1080         if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
1081         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1082 #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
1083         if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
1084         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1085 #endif
1086 
1087 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
1088         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xff)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
1089 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
1090         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xffff)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
1091 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
1092         if (utf && c > 0x10ffff) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
1093 #endif
1094         }
1095 
1096       if (overflow)
1097         {
1098         while (MAX_255(*pt) && (digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) pt++;
1099         *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
1100         }
1101 
1102       if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1103         {
1104         if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
1105         ptr = pt;
1106         break;
1107         }
1108 
1109       /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
1110       recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
1111       }
1112 
1113     /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
1114 
1115     c = 0;
1116     while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
1117       {
1118       pcre_uint32 cc;                          /* Some compilers don't like */
1119       cc = *(++ptr);                           /* ++ in initializers */
1120 #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
1121       if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
1122       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1123 #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
1124       if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
1125       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1126 #endif
1127       }
1128     break;
1129 
1130     /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
1131     An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This
1132     coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
1133     ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
1134 
1135     case CHAR_c:
1136     c = *(++ptr);
1137     if (c == CHAR_NULL)
1138       {
1139       *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
1140       break;
1141       }
1142 #ifndef EBCDIC    /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
1143     if (c > 127)  /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */
1144       {
1145       *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
1146       break;
1147       }
1148     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
1149     c ^= 0x40;
1150 #else             /* EBCDIC coding */
1151     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
1152     c ^= 0xC0;
1153 #endif
1154     break;
1155 
1156     /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
1157     other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
1158     otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
1159     odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
1160     be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
1161 
1162     default:
1163     if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
1164       {
1165       default:
1166       *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
1167       break;
1168       }
1169     break;
1170     }
1171   }
1172 
1173 /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not
1174 newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support
1175 quantification such as \N{2,3}. */
1176 
1177 if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET &&
1178      !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
1179   *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
1180 
1181 /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */
1182 
1183 if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w)
1184   escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D);
1185 
1186 /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */
1187 
1188 *ptrptr = ptr;
1189 *chptr = c;
1190 return escape;
1191 }
1192 
1193 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
1194 /*************************************************
1195 *               Handle \P and \p                 *
1196 *************************************************/
1197 
1198 /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
1199 PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
1200 pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
1201 escape sequence.
1202 
1203 Argument:
1204   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
1205   negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
1206   ptypeptr       points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value
1207   pdataptr       points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value
1208   errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
1209 
1210 Returns:         TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type
1211 */
1212 
1213 static BOOL
get_ucp(const pcre_uchar ** ptrptr,BOOL * negptr,unsigned int * ptypeptr,unsigned int * pdataptr,int * errorcodeptr)1214 get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr,
1215   unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr)
1216 {
1217 pcre_uchar c;
1218 int i, bot, top;
1219 const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
1220 pcre_uchar name[32];
1221 
1222 c = *(++ptr);
1223 if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
1224 
1225 *negptr = FALSE;
1226 
1227 /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
1228 negation. */
1229 
1230 if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1231   {
1232   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
1233     {
1234     *negptr = TRUE;
1235     ptr++;
1236     }
1237   for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++)
1238     {
1239     c = *(++ptr);
1240     if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
1241     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
1242     name[i] = c;
1243     }
1244   if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
1245   name[i] = 0;
1246   }
1247 
1248 /* Otherwise there is just one following character */
1249 
1250 else
1251   {
1252   name[0] = c;
1253   name[1] = 0;
1254   }
1255 
1256 *ptrptr = ptr;
1257 
1258 /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
1259 
1260 bot = 0;
1261 top = PRIV(utt_size);
1262 
1263 while (bot < top)
1264   {
1265   int r;
1266   i = (bot + top) >> 1;
1267   r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset);
1268   if (r == 0)
1269     {
1270     *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type;
1271     *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value;
1272     return TRUE;
1273     }
1274   if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
1275   }
1276 
1277 *errorcodeptr = ERR47;
1278 *ptrptr = ptr;
1279 return FALSE;
1280 
1281 ERROR_RETURN:
1282 *errorcodeptr = ERR46;
1283 *ptrptr = ptr;
1284 return FALSE;
1285 }
1286 #endif
1287 
1288 
1289 
1290 
1291 /*************************************************
1292 *         Read repeat counts                     *
1293 *************************************************/
1294 
1295 /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
1296 after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
1297 so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
1298 
1299 Arguments:
1300   p              pointer to first char after '{'
1301   minp           pointer to int for min
1302   maxp           pointer to int for max
1303                  returned as -1 if no max
1304   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
1305 
1306 Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
1307                  current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
1308 */
1309 
1310 static const pcre_uchar *
read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar * p,int * minp,int * maxp,int * errorcodeptr)1311 read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
1312 {
1313 int min = 0;
1314 int max = -1;
1315 
1316 /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
1317 an integer overflow. */
1318 
1319 while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
1320 if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
1321   {
1322   *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
1323   return p;
1324   }
1325 
1326 /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
1327 Also, max must not be less than min. */
1328 
1329 if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
1330   {
1331   if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1332     {
1333     max = 0;
1334     while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
1335     if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
1336       {
1337       *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
1338       return p;
1339       }
1340     if (max < min)
1341       {
1342       *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
1343       return p;
1344       }
1345     }
1346   }
1347 
1348 /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
1349 '}'. */
1350 
1351 *minp = min;
1352 *maxp = max;
1353 return p;
1354 }
1355 
1356 
1357 
1358 /*************************************************
1359 *  Subroutine for finding forward reference      *
1360 *************************************************/
1361 
1362 /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The
1363 top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must
1364 start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
1365 subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
1366 name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
1367 returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. Recursion is used to keep
1368 track of subpatterns that reset the capturing group numbers - the (?| feature.
1369 
1370 This function was originally called only from the second pass, in which we know
1371 that if (?< or (?' or (?P< is encountered, the name will be correctly
1372 terminated because that is checked in the first pass. There is now one call to
1373 this function in the first pass, to check for a recursive back reference by
1374 name (so that we can make the whole group atomic). In this case, we need check
1375 only up to the current position in the pattern, and that is still OK because
1376 and previous occurrences will have been checked. To make this work, the test
1377 for "end of pattern" is a check against cd->end_pattern in the main loop,
1378 instead of looking for a binary zero. This means that the special first-pass
1379 call can adjust cd->end_pattern temporarily. (Checks for binary zero while
1380 processing items within the loop are OK, because afterwards the main loop will
1381 terminate.)
1382 
1383 Arguments:
1384   ptrptr       address of the current character pointer (updated)
1385   cd           compile background data
1386   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
1387   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
1388   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
1389   utf          TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
1390   count        pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated)
1391 
1392 Returns:       the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
1393 */
1394 
1395 static int
find_parens_sub(pcre_uchar ** ptrptr,compile_data * cd,const pcre_uchar * name,int lorn,BOOL xmode,BOOL utf,int * count)1396 find_parens_sub(pcre_uchar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn,
1397   BOOL xmode, BOOL utf, int *count)
1398 {
1399 pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
1400 int start_count = *count;
1401 int hwm_count = start_count;
1402 BOOL dup_parens = FALSE;
1403 
1404 /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are
1405 dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */
1406 
1407 if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
1408   {
1409   /* Handle specials such as (*SKIP) or (*UTF8) etc. */
1410 
1411   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) ptr += 2;
1412 
1413   /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis. */
1414 
1415   else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
1416     {
1417     *count += 1;
1418     if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
1419     ptr++;
1420     }
1421 
1422   /* All cases now have (? at the start. Remember when we are in a group
1423   where the parenthesis numbers are duplicated. */
1424 
1425   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
1426     {
1427     ptr += 3;
1428     dup_parens = TRUE;
1429     }
1430 
1431   /* Handle comments; all characters are allowed until a ket is reached. */
1432 
1433   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
1434     {
1435     for (ptr += 3; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++)
1436       if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
1437     goto FAIL_EXIT;
1438     }
1439 
1440   /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it
1441   is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the
1442   condition (there can't be any nested parens). */
1443 
1444   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
1445     {
1446     ptr += 2;
1447     if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
1448       {
1449       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
1450       if (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) ptr++;
1451       }
1452     }
1453 
1454   /* Start with (? but not a condition. */
1455 
1456   else
1457     {
1458     ptr += 2;
1459     if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++;                      /* Allow optional P */
1460 
1461     /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */
1462 
1463     if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK &&
1464         ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
1465       {
1466       pcre_uchar term;
1467       const pcre_uchar *thisname;
1468       *count += 1;
1469       if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
1470       term = *ptr++;
1471       if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
1472       thisname = ptr;
1473       while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
1474       if (name != NULL && lorn == (int)(ptr - thisname) &&
1475           STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, thisname, (unsigned int)lorn) == 0)
1476         return *count;
1477       term++;
1478       }
1479     }
1480   }
1481 
1482 /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical
1483 bars. Stop if we get to cd->end_pattern. Note that this is important for the
1484 first-pass call when this value is temporarily adjusted to stop at the current
1485 position. So DO NOT change this to a test for binary zero. */
1486 
1487 for (; ptr < cd->end_pattern; ptr++)
1488   {
1489   /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
1490 
1491   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1492     {
1493     if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1494     if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
1495       {
1496       while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
1497       if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1498       if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
1499       }
1500     continue;
1501     }
1502 
1503   /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
1504   are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
1505   first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
1506   too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to
1507   encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */
1508 
1509   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
1510     {
1511     BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
1512     for (;;)
1513       {
1514       if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1515         {
1516         if (ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
1517           ptr+= 2;
1518         else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 2,
1519                  STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
1520           ptr += 4;
1521         else
1522           break;
1523         }
1524       else if (!negate_class && ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
1525         {
1526         negate_class = TRUE;
1527         ptr++;
1528         }
1529       else break;
1530       }
1531 
1532     /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
1533     skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
1534 
1535     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
1536         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
1537       ptr++;
1538 
1539     while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
1540       {
1541       if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) return -1;
1542       if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1543         {
1544         if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1545         if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
1546           {
1547           while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
1548           if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1549           if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
1550           }
1551         continue;
1552         }
1553       }
1554     continue;
1555     }
1556 
1557   /* Skip comments in /x mode */
1558 
1559   if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
1560     {
1561     ptr++;
1562     while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
1563       {
1564       if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
1565       ptr++;
1566 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
1567       if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
1568 #endif
1569       }
1570     if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1571     continue;
1572     }
1573 
1574   /* Check for the special metacharacters */
1575 
1576   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
1577     {
1578     int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, count);
1579     if (rc > 0) return rc;
1580     if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1581     }
1582 
1583   else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1584     {
1585     if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count;
1586     goto FAIL_EXIT;
1587     }
1588 
1589   else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens)
1590     {
1591     if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count;
1592     *count = start_count;
1593     }
1594   }
1595 
1596 FAIL_EXIT:
1597 *ptrptr = ptr;
1598 return -1;
1599 }
1600 
1601 
1602 
1603 
1604 /*************************************************
1605 *       Find forward referenced subpattern       *
1606 *************************************************/
1607 
1608 /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
1609 subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
1610 name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
1611 returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
1612 references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the
1613 current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and
1614 do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate
1615 subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to
1616 take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track
1617 of the different types of group.
1618 
1619 Arguments:
1620   cd           compile background data
1621   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
1622   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
1623   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
1624   utf          TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
1625 
1626 Returns:       the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found
1627 */
1628 
1629 static int
find_parens(compile_data * cd,const pcre_uchar * name,int lorn,BOOL xmode,BOOL utf)1630 find_parens(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode,
1631   BOOL utf)
1632 {
1633 pcre_uchar *ptr = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_pattern;
1634 int count = 0;
1635 int rc;
1636 
1637 /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call
1638 to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it
1639 does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the
1640 matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */
1641 
1642 for (;;)
1643   {
1644   rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, &count);
1645   if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == CHAR_NULL) break;
1646   }
1647 
1648 return rc;
1649 }
1650 
1651 
1652 
1653 
1654 /*************************************************
1655 *      Find first significant op code            *
1656 *************************************************/
1657 
1658 /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
1659 for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
1660 that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative
1661 forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it
1662 does not.
1663 
1664 Arguments:
1665   code         pointer to the start of the group
1666   skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
1667 
1668 Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
1669 */
1670 
1671 static const pcre_uchar*
first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar * code,BOOL skipassert)1672 first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert)
1673 {
1674 for (;;)
1675   {
1676   switch ((int)*code)
1677     {
1678     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
1679     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
1680     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
1681     if (!skipassert) return code;
1682     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
1683     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
1684     break;
1685 
1686     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
1687     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
1688     if (!skipassert) return code;
1689     /* Fall through */
1690 
1691     case OP_CALLOUT:
1692     case OP_CREF:
1693     case OP_NCREF:
1694     case OP_RREF:
1695     case OP_NRREF:
1696     case OP_DEF:
1697     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
1698     break;
1699 
1700     default:
1701     return code;
1702     }
1703   }
1704 /* Control never reaches here */
1705 }
1706 
1707 
1708 
1709 
1710 /*************************************************
1711 *        Find the fixed length of a branch       *
1712 *************************************************/
1713 
1714 /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
1715 if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
1716 In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is
1717 temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called.
1718 
1719 This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it
1720 fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern.
1721 However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls,
1722 because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case
1723 and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in.
1724 
1725 Arguments:
1726   code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
1727   utf      TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
1728   atend    TRUE if called when the pattern is complete
1729   cd       the "compile data" structure
1730 
1731 Returns:   the fixed length,
1732              or -1 if there is no fixed length,
1733              or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only)
1734              or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE
1735              or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error)
1736 */
1737 
1738 static int
find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar * code,BOOL utf,BOOL atend,compile_data * cd)1739 find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd)
1740 {
1741 int length = -1;
1742 
1743 register int branchlength = 0;
1744 register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
1745 
1746 /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
1747 branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
1748 
1749 for (;;)
1750   {
1751   int d;
1752   pcre_uchar *ce, *cs;
1753   register pcre_uchar op = *cc;
1754 
1755   switch (op)
1756     {
1757     /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and
1758     OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these
1759     opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course
1760     are not of fixed length. */
1761 
1762     case OP_CBRA:
1763     case OP_BRA:
1764     case OP_ONCE:
1765     case OP_ONCE_NC:
1766     case OP_COND:
1767     d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd);
1768     if (d < 0) return d;
1769     branchlength += d;
1770     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
1771     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
1772     break;
1773 
1774     /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call.
1775     If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively
1776     an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by
1777     the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here,
1778     because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */
1779 
1780     case OP_ALT:
1781     case OP_KET:
1782     case OP_END:
1783     case OP_ACCEPT:
1784     case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT:
1785     if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
1786       else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
1787     if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
1788     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
1789     branchlength = 0;
1790     break;
1791 
1792     /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may
1793     be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with
1794     it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */
1795 
1796     case OP_RECURSE:
1797     if (!atend) return -3;
1798     cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1);  /* Start subpattern */
1799     do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT);           /* End subpattern */
1800     if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1;                    /* Recursion */
1801     d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd);
1802     if (d < 0) return d;
1803     branchlength += d;
1804     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
1805     break;
1806 
1807     /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
1808 
1809     case OP_ASSERT:
1810     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
1811     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
1812     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
1813     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
1814     cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
1815     break;
1816 
1817     /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
1818 
1819     case OP_MARK:
1820     case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
1821     case OP_SKIP_ARG:
1822     case OP_THEN_ARG:
1823     cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
1824     break;
1825 
1826     case OP_CALLOUT:
1827     case OP_CIRC:
1828     case OP_CIRCM:
1829     case OP_CLOSE:
1830     case OP_COMMIT:
1831     case OP_CREF:
1832     case OP_DEF:
1833     case OP_DOLL:
1834     case OP_DOLLM:
1835     case OP_EOD:
1836     case OP_EODN:
1837     case OP_FAIL:
1838     case OP_NCREF:
1839     case OP_NRREF:
1840     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
1841     case OP_PRUNE:
1842     case OP_REVERSE:
1843     case OP_RREF:
1844     case OP_SET_SOM:
1845     case OP_SKIP:
1846     case OP_SOD:
1847     case OP_SOM:
1848     case OP_THEN:
1849     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
1850     cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
1851     break;
1852 
1853     /* Handle literal characters */
1854 
1855     case OP_CHAR:
1856     case OP_CHARI:
1857     case OP_NOT:
1858     case OP_NOTI:
1859     branchlength++;
1860     cc += 2;
1861 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
1862     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
1863 #endif
1864     break;
1865 
1866     /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
1867     need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
1868 
1869     case OP_EXACT:
1870     case OP_EXACTI:
1871     case OP_NOTEXACT:
1872     case OP_NOTEXACTI:
1873     branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
1874     cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE;
1875 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
1876     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
1877 #endif
1878     break;
1879 
1880     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
1881     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
1882     if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
1883       cc += 2;
1884     cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
1885     break;
1886 
1887     /* Handle single-char matchers */
1888 
1889     case OP_PROP:
1890     case OP_NOTPROP:
1891     cc += 2;
1892     /* Fall through */
1893 
1894     case OP_HSPACE:
1895     case OP_VSPACE:
1896     case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
1897     case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
1898     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
1899     case OP_DIGIT:
1900     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
1901     case OP_WHITESPACE:
1902     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
1903     case OP_WORDCHAR:
1904     case OP_ANY:
1905     case OP_ALLANY:
1906     branchlength++;
1907     cc++;
1908     break;
1909 
1910     /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode;
1911     otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */
1912 
1913     case OP_ANYBYTE:
1914     return -2;
1915 
1916     /* Check a class for variable quantification */
1917 
1918     case OP_CLASS:
1919     case OP_NCLASS:
1920 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
1921     case OP_XCLASS:
1922     /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems,
1923     so now we use a conditional statement. */
1924     if (op == OP_XCLASS)
1925       cc += GET(cc, 1);
1926     else
1927       cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
1928 #else
1929     cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
1930 #endif
1931 
1932     switch (*cc)
1933       {
1934       case OP_CRPLUS:
1935       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
1936       case OP_CRSTAR:
1937       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
1938       case OP_CRQUERY:
1939       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
1940       return -1;
1941 
1942       case OP_CRRANGE:
1943       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
1944       if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1;
1945       branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
1946       cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
1947       break;
1948 
1949       default:
1950       branchlength++;
1951       }
1952     break;
1953 
1954     /* Anything else is variable length */
1955 
1956     case OP_ANYNL:
1957     case OP_BRAMINZERO:
1958     case OP_BRAPOS:
1959     case OP_BRAPOSZERO:
1960     case OP_BRAZERO:
1961     case OP_CBRAPOS:
1962     case OP_EXTUNI:
1963     case OP_KETRMAX:
1964     case OP_KETRMIN:
1965     case OP_KETRPOS:
1966     case OP_MINPLUS:
1967     case OP_MINPLUSI:
1968     case OP_MINQUERY:
1969     case OP_MINQUERYI:
1970     case OP_MINSTAR:
1971     case OP_MINSTARI:
1972     case OP_MINUPTO:
1973     case OP_MINUPTOI:
1974     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
1975     case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
1976     case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
1977     case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
1978     case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
1979     case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
1980     case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
1981     case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
1982     case OP_NOTPLUS:
1983     case OP_NOTPLUSI:
1984     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
1985     case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
1986     case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
1987     case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
1988     case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
1989     case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
1990     case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
1991     case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
1992     case OP_NOTQUERY:
1993     case OP_NOTQUERYI:
1994     case OP_NOTSTAR:
1995     case OP_NOTSTARI:
1996     case OP_NOTUPTO:
1997     case OP_NOTUPTOI:
1998     case OP_PLUS:
1999     case OP_PLUSI:
2000     case OP_POSPLUS:
2001     case OP_POSPLUSI:
2002     case OP_POSQUERY:
2003     case OP_POSQUERYI:
2004     case OP_POSSTAR:
2005     case OP_POSSTARI:
2006     case OP_POSUPTO:
2007     case OP_POSUPTOI:
2008     case OP_QUERY:
2009     case OP_QUERYI:
2010     case OP_REF:
2011     case OP_REFI:
2012     case OP_SBRA:
2013     case OP_SBRAPOS:
2014     case OP_SCBRA:
2015     case OP_SCBRAPOS:
2016     case OP_SCOND:
2017     case OP_SKIPZERO:
2018     case OP_STAR:
2019     case OP_STARI:
2020     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
2021     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
2022     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
2023     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
2024     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
2025     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
2026     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
2027     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
2028     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
2029     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
2030     case OP_TYPESTAR:
2031     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
2032     case OP_UPTO:
2033     case OP_UPTOI:
2034     return -1;
2035 
2036     /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they
2037     are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */
2038 
2039     default:
2040     return -4;
2041     }
2042   }
2043 /* Control never gets here */
2044 }
2045 
2046 
2047 
2048 
2049 /*************************************************
2050 *    Scan compiled regex for specific bracket    *
2051 *************************************************/
2052 
2053 /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
2054 capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an
2055 instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense
2056 so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching
2057 length.
2058 
2059 Arguments:
2060   code        points to start of expression
2061   utf         TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
2062   number      the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind
2063 
2064 Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
2065 */
2066 
2067 const pcre_uchar *
PRIV(find_bracket)2068 PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number)
2069 {
2070 for (;;)
2071   {
2072   register pcre_uchar c = *code;
2073 
2074   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
2075 
2076   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
2077   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
2078   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
2079 
2080   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
2081 
2082   /* Handle recursion */
2083 
2084   else if (c == OP_REVERSE)
2085     {
2086     if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
2087     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
2088     }
2089 
2090   /* Handle capturing bracket */
2091 
2092   else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA ||
2093            c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
2094     {
2095     int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
2096     if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
2097     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
2098     }
2099 
2100   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
2101   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
2102   two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
2103   must add in its length. */
2104 
2105   else
2106     {
2107     switch(c)
2108       {
2109       case OP_TYPESTAR:
2110       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
2111       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
2112       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
2113       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
2114       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
2115       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
2116       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
2117       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
2118       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
2119       break;
2120 
2121       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
2122       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
2123       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
2124       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
2125       if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
2126         code += 2;
2127       break;
2128 
2129       case OP_MARK:
2130       case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
2131       case OP_SKIP_ARG:
2132       code += code[1];
2133       break;
2134 
2135       case OP_THEN_ARG:
2136       code += code[1];
2137       break;
2138       }
2139 
2140     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
2141 
2142     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
2143 
2144   /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
2145   a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
2146   arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
2147 
2148 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
2149     if (utf) switch(c)
2150       {
2151       case OP_CHAR:
2152       case OP_CHARI:
2153       case OP_EXACT:
2154       case OP_EXACTI:
2155       case OP_UPTO:
2156       case OP_UPTOI:
2157       case OP_MINUPTO:
2158       case OP_MINUPTOI:
2159       case OP_POSUPTO:
2160       case OP_POSUPTOI:
2161       case OP_STAR:
2162       case OP_STARI:
2163       case OP_MINSTAR:
2164       case OP_MINSTARI:
2165       case OP_POSSTAR:
2166       case OP_POSSTARI:
2167       case OP_PLUS:
2168       case OP_PLUSI:
2169       case OP_MINPLUS:
2170       case OP_MINPLUSI:
2171       case OP_POSPLUS:
2172       case OP_POSPLUSI:
2173       case OP_QUERY:
2174       case OP_QUERYI:
2175       case OP_MINQUERY:
2176       case OP_MINQUERYI:
2177       case OP_POSQUERY:
2178       case OP_POSQUERYI:
2179       if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
2180       break;
2181       }
2182 #else
2183     (void)(utf);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
2184 #endif
2185     }
2186   }
2187 }
2188 
2189 
2190 
2191 /*************************************************
2192 *   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
2193 *************************************************/
2194 
2195 /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
2196 instance of OP_RECURSE.
2197 
2198 Arguments:
2199   code        points to start of expression
2200   utf         TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
2201 
2202 Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
2203 */
2204 
2205 static const pcre_uchar *
find_recurse(const pcre_uchar * code,BOOL utf)2206 find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf)
2207 {
2208 for (;;)
2209   {
2210   register pcre_uchar c = *code;
2211   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
2212   if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
2213 
2214   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
2215   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
2216   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
2217 
2218   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
2219 
2220   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
2221   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
2222   two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
2223   must add in its length. */
2224 
2225   else
2226     {
2227     switch(c)
2228       {
2229       case OP_TYPESTAR:
2230       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
2231       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
2232       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
2233       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
2234       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
2235       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
2236       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
2237       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
2238       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
2239       break;
2240 
2241       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
2242       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
2243       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
2244       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
2245       if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
2246         code += 2;
2247       break;
2248 
2249       case OP_MARK:
2250       case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
2251       case OP_SKIP_ARG:
2252       code += code[1];
2253       break;
2254 
2255       case OP_THEN_ARG:
2256       code += code[1];
2257       break;
2258       }
2259 
2260     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
2261 
2262     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
2263 
2264     /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
2265     by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
2266     to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
2267 
2268 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
2269     if (utf) switch(c)
2270       {
2271       case OP_CHAR:
2272       case OP_CHARI:
2273       case OP_NOT:
2274       case OP_NOTI:
2275       case OP_EXACT:
2276       case OP_EXACTI:
2277       case OP_NOTEXACT:
2278       case OP_NOTEXACTI:
2279       case OP_UPTO:
2280       case OP_UPTOI:
2281       case OP_NOTUPTO:
2282       case OP_NOTUPTOI:
2283       case OP_MINUPTO:
2284       case OP_MINUPTOI:
2285       case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
2286       case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
2287       case OP_POSUPTO:
2288       case OP_POSUPTOI:
2289       case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
2290       case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
2291       case OP_STAR:
2292       case OP_STARI:
2293       case OP_NOTSTAR:
2294       case OP_NOTSTARI:
2295       case OP_MINSTAR:
2296       case OP_MINSTARI:
2297       case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
2298       case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
2299       case OP_POSSTAR:
2300       case OP_POSSTARI:
2301       case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
2302       case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
2303       case OP_PLUS:
2304       case OP_PLUSI:
2305       case OP_NOTPLUS:
2306       case OP_NOTPLUSI:
2307       case OP_MINPLUS:
2308       case OP_MINPLUSI:
2309       case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
2310       case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
2311       case OP_POSPLUS:
2312       case OP_POSPLUSI:
2313       case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
2314       case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
2315       case OP_QUERY:
2316       case OP_QUERYI:
2317       case OP_NOTQUERY:
2318       case OP_NOTQUERYI:
2319       case OP_MINQUERY:
2320       case OP_MINQUERYI:
2321       case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
2322       case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
2323       case OP_POSQUERY:
2324       case OP_POSQUERYI:
2325       case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
2326       case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
2327       if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
2328       break;
2329       }
2330 #else
2331     (void)(utf);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
2332 #endif
2333     }
2334   }
2335 }
2336 
2337 
2338 
2339 /*************************************************
2340 *    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
2341 *************************************************/
2342 
2343 /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
2344 can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
2345 below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
2346 group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
2347 backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
2348 hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
2349 bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
2350 
2351 Arguments:
2352   code        points to start of search
2353   endcode     points to where to stop
2354   utf         TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
2355   cd          contains pointers to tables etc.
2356 
2357 Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
2358 */
2359 
2360 static BOOL
could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar * code,const pcre_uchar * endcode,BOOL utf,compile_data * cd)2361 could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
2362   BOOL utf, compile_data *cd)
2363 {
2364 register pcre_uchar c;
2365 for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE);
2366      code < endcode;
2367      code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE))
2368   {
2369   const pcre_uchar *ccode;
2370 
2371   c = *code;
2372 
2373   /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
2374   first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
2375 
2376   if (c == OP_ASSERT)
2377     {
2378     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
2379     c = *code;
2380     continue;
2381     }
2382 
2383   /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which
2384   implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a
2385   forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference
2386   we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is
2387   called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that
2388   measures the size of the compiled pattern. */
2389 
2390   if (c == OP_RECURSE)
2391     {
2392     const pcre_uchar *scode;
2393     BOOL empty_branch;
2394 
2395     /* Test for forward reference */
2396 
2397     for (scode = cd->start_workspace; scode < cd->hwm; scode += LINK_SIZE)
2398       if ((int)GET(scode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE;
2399 
2400     /* Not a forward reference, test for completed backward reference */
2401 
2402     empty_branch = FALSE;
2403     scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1);
2404     if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Unclosed */
2405 
2406     /* Completed backwards reference */
2407 
2408     do
2409       {
2410       if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd))
2411         {
2412         empty_branch = TRUE;
2413         break;
2414         }
2415       scode += GET(scode, 1);
2416       }
2417     while (*scode == OP_ALT);
2418 
2419     if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;  /* All branches are non-empty */
2420     continue;
2421     }
2422 
2423   /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
2424 
2425   if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO ||
2426       c == OP_BRAPOSZERO)
2427     {
2428     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
2429     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
2430     c = *code;
2431     continue;
2432     }
2433 
2434   /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be
2435   skipped. */
2436 
2437   if (c == OP_SBRA  || c == OP_SBRAPOS ||
2438       c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
2439     {
2440     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
2441     c = *code;
2442     continue;
2443     }
2444 
2445   /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
2446 
2447   if (c == OP_BRA  || c == OP_BRAPOS ||
2448       c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS ||
2449       c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC ||
2450       c == OP_COND)
2451     {
2452     BOOL empty_branch;
2453     if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
2454 
2455     /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
2456     empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
2457     Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
2458 
2459     if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
2460       code += GET(code, 1);
2461     else
2462       {
2463       empty_branch = FALSE;
2464       do
2465         {
2466         if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd))
2467           empty_branch = TRUE;
2468         code += GET(code, 1);
2469         }
2470       while (*code == OP_ALT);
2471       if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
2472       }
2473 
2474     c = *code;
2475     continue;
2476     }
2477 
2478   /* Handle the other opcodes */
2479 
2480   switch (c)
2481     {
2482     /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
2483     cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
2484     high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the
2485     actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
2486     here. */
2487 
2488 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
2489     case OP_XCLASS:
2490     ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
2491     goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
2492 #endif
2493 
2494     case OP_CLASS:
2495     case OP_NCLASS:
2496     ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
2497 
2498 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
2499     CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
2500 #endif
2501 
2502     switch (*ccode)
2503       {
2504       case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
2505       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
2506       case OP_CRQUERY:
2507       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
2508       break;
2509 
2510       default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
2511       case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
2512       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
2513       return FALSE;
2514 
2515       case OP_CRRANGE:
2516       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
2517       if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
2518       break;
2519       }
2520     break;
2521 
2522     /* Opcodes that must match a character */
2523 
2524     case OP_PROP:
2525     case OP_NOTPROP:
2526     case OP_EXTUNI:
2527     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
2528     case OP_DIGIT:
2529     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
2530     case OP_WHITESPACE:
2531     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
2532     case OP_WORDCHAR:
2533     case OP_ANY:
2534     case OP_ALLANY:
2535     case OP_ANYBYTE:
2536     case OP_CHAR:
2537     case OP_CHARI:
2538     case OP_NOT:
2539     case OP_NOTI:
2540     case OP_PLUS:
2541     case OP_MINPLUS:
2542     case OP_POSPLUS:
2543     case OP_EXACT:
2544     case OP_NOTPLUS:
2545     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
2546     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
2547     case OP_NOTEXACT:
2548     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
2549     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
2550     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
2551     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
2552     return FALSE;
2553 
2554     /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
2555     fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
2556 
2557     case OP_TYPESTAR:
2558     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
2559     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
2560     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
2561     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
2562     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
2563     if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
2564     break;
2565 
2566     /* Same for these */
2567 
2568     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
2569     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
2570     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
2571     if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
2572       code += 2;
2573     break;
2574 
2575     /* End of branch */
2576 
2577     case OP_KET:
2578     case OP_KETRMAX:
2579     case OP_KETRMIN:
2580     case OP_KETRPOS:
2581     case OP_ALT:
2582     return TRUE;
2583 
2584     /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
2585     MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
2586 
2587 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
2588     case OP_STAR:
2589     case OP_STARI:
2590     case OP_MINSTAR:
2591     case OP_MINSTARI:
2592     case OP_POSSTAR:
2593     case OP_POSSTARI:
2594     case OP_QUERY:
2595     case OP_QUERYI:
2596     case OP_MINQUERY:
2597     case OP_MINQUERYI:
2598     case OP_POSQUERY:
2599     case OP_POSQUERYI:
2600     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]);
2601     break;
2602 
2603     case OP_UPTO:
2604     case OP_UPTOI:
2605     case OP_MINUPTO:
2606     case OP_MINUPTOI:
2607     case OP_POSUPTO:
2608     case OP_POSUPTOI:
2609     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]);
2610     break;
2611 #endif
2612 
2613     /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument
2614     string. */
2615 
2616     case OP_MARK:
2617     case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
2618     case OP_SKIP_ARG:
2619     code += code[1];
2620     break;
2621 
2622     case OP_THEN_ARG:
2623     code += code[1];
2624     break;
2625 
2626     /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */
2627 
2628     default:
2629     break;
2630     }
2631   }
2632 
2633 return TRUE;
2634 }
2635 
2636 
2637 
2638 /*************************************************
2639 *    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
2640 *************************************************/
2641 
2642 /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
2643 the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
2644 string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
2645 stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
2646 This function is called only during the real compile, not during the
2647 pre-compile.
2648 
2649 Arguments:
2650   code        points to start of the recursion
2651   endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
2652   bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
2653   utf         TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
2654   cd          pointers to tables etc
2655 
2656 Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
2657 */
2658 
2659 static BOOL
could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar * code,const pcre_uchar * endcode,branch_chain * bcptr,BOOL utf,compile_data * cd)2660 could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
2661   branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd)
2662 {
2663 while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code)
2664   {
2665   if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd))
2666     return FALSE;
2667   bcptr = bcptr->outer;
2668   }
2669 return TRUE;
2670 }
2671 
2672 
2673 
2674 /*************************************************
2675 *           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
2676 *************************************************/
2677 
2678 /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
2679 encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
2680 sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
2681 reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
2682 
2683 Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
2684 terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
2685 though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
2686 "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
2687 didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
2688 
2689 The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
2690 have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
2691 class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
2692 below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
2693 processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
2694 where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
2695 "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
2696 I think.
2697 
2698 A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not.
2699 It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent
2700 external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or
2701 a digit.
2702 
2703 In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For
2704 example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for
2705 [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not
2706 seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class
2707 names.
2708 
2709 Arguments:
2710   ptr      pointer to the initial [
2711   endptr   where to return the end pointer
2712 
2713 Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
2714 */
2715 
2716 static BOOL
check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar * ptr,const pcre_uchar ** endptr)2717 check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr)
2718 {
2719 pcre_uchar terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
2720 terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
2721 for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++)
2722   {
2723   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
2724     ptr++;
2725   else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
2726   else
2727     {
2728     if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
2729       {
2730       *endptr = ptr;
2731       return TRUE;
2732       }
2733     if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
2734          (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
2735           ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
2736         check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr))
2737       return FALSE;
2738     }
2739   }
2740 return FALSE;
2741 }
2742 
2743 
2744 
2745 
2746 /*************************************************
2747 *          Check POSIX class name                *
2748 *************************************************/
2749 
2750 /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
2751 such as [:alnum:].
2752 
2753 Arguments:
2754   ptr        points to the first letter
2755   len        the length of the name
2756 
2757 Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
2758 */
2759 
2760 static int
check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar * ptr,int len)2761 check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len)
2762 {
2763 const char *pn = posix_names;
2764 register int yield = 0;
2765 while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
2766   {
2767   if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
2768     STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield;
2769   pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
2770   yield++;
2771   }
2772 return -1;
2773 }
2774 
2775 
2776 /*************************************************
2777 *    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
2778 *************************************************/
2779 
2780 /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
2781 that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
2782 repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
2783 earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
2784 optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
2785 inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
2786 items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
2787 have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
2788 is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
2789 OP_END.
2790 
2791 This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
2792 recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
2793 for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
2794 the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
2795 value in the reference (which is a group number).
2796 
2797 Arguments:
2798   group      points to the start of the group
2799   adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
2800   utf        TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
2801   cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
2802   save_hwm   the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
2803 
2804 Returns:     nothing
2805 */
2806 
2807 static void
adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar * group,int adjust,BOOL utf,compile_data * cd,pcre_uchar * save_hwm)2808 adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd,
2809   pcre_uchar *save_hwm)
2810 {
2811 pcre_uchar *ptr = group;
2812 
2813 while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL)
2814   {
2815   int offset;
2816   pcre_uchar *hc;
2817 
2818   /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
2819   reference. */
2820 
2821   for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
2822     {
2823     offset = (int)GET(hc, 0);
2824     if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
2825       {
2826       PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
2827       break;
2828       }
2829     }
2830 
2831   /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
2832   group. */
2833 
2834   if (hc >= cd->hwm)
2835     {
2836     offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1);
2837     if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
2838     }
2839 
2840   ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
2841   }
2842 }
2843 
2844 
2845 
2846 /*************************************************
2847 *        Insert an automatic callout point       *
2848 *************************************************/
2849 
2850 /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
2851 callout points before each pattern item.
2852 
2853 Arguments:
2854   code           current code pointer
2855   ptr            current pattern pointer
2856   cd             pointers to tables etc
2857 
2858 Returns:         new code pointer
2859 */
2860 
2861 static pcre_uchar *
auto_callout(pcre_uchar * code,const pcre_uchar * ptr,compile_data * cd)2862 auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
2863 {
2864 *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
2865 *code++ = 255;
2866 PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern));  /* Pattern offset */
2867 PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                       /* Default length */
2868 return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
2869 }
2870 
2871 
2872 
2873 /*************************************************
2874 *         Complete a callout item                *
2875 *************************************************/
2876 
2877 /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
2878 we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
2879 for both automatic and manual callouts.
2880 
2881 Arguments:
2882   previous_callout   points to previous callout item
2883   ptr                current pattern pointer
2884   cd                 pointers to tables etc
2885 
2886 Returns:             nothing
2887 */
2888 
2889 static void
complete_callout(pcre_uchar * previous_callout,const pcre_uchar * ptr,compile_data * cd)2890 complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
2891 {
2892 int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2));
2893 PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
2894 }
2895 
2896 
2897 
2898 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
2899 /*************************************************
2900 *           Get othercase range                  *
2901 *************************************************/
2902 
2903 /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
2904 with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of
2905 characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
2906 start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own
2907 with a special return value.
2908 
2909 Arguments:
2910   cptr        points to starting character value; updated
2911   d           end value
2912   ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
2913   odptr       where to put end of othercase range
2914 
2915 Yield:        -1 when no more
2916                0 when a range is returned
2917               >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases
2918                 in this case, ocptr contains the original
2919 */
2920 
2921 static int
get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 * cptr,pcre_uint32 d,pcre_uint32 * ocptr,pcre_uint32 * odptr)2922 get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr,
2923   pcre_uint32 *odptr)
2924 {
2925 pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next;
2926 unsigned int co;
2927 
2928 /* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other
2929 cases, return its case offset value. */
2930 
2931 for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
2932   {
2933   if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
2934     {
2935     *ocptr = c++;   /* Character that has the set */
2936     *cptr = c;      /* Rest of input range */
2937     return (int)co;
2938     }
2939   if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break;
2940   }
2941 
2942 if (c > d) return -1;  /* Reached end of range */
2943 
2944 *ocptr = othercase;
2945 next = othercase + 1;
2946 
2947 for (++c; c <= d; c++)
2948   {
2949   if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
2950   next++;
2951   }
2952 
2953 *odptr = next - 1;     /* End of othercase range */
2954 *cptr = c;             /* Rest of input range */
2955 return 0;
2956 }
2957 
2958 
2959 
2960 /*************************************************
2961 *        Check a character and a property        *
2962 *************************************************/
2963 
2964 /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item
2965 is adjacent to a fixed character.
2966 
2967 Arguments:
2968   c            the character
2969   ptype        the property type
2970   pdata        the data for the type
2971   negated      TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^)
2972 
2973 Returns:       TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK
2974 */
2975 
2976 static BOOL
check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c,unsigned int ptype,unsigned int pdata,BOOL negated)2977 check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, BOOL negated)
2978 {
2979 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
2980 const pcre_uint32 *p;
2981 #endif
2982 
2983 const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
2984 
2985 switch(ptype)
2986   {
2987   case PT_LAMP:
2988   return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu ||
2989           prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
2990           prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated;
2991 
2992   case PT_GC:
2993   return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated;
2994 
2995   case PT_PC:
2996   return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated;
2997 
2998   case PT_SC:
2999   return (pdata == prop->script) == negated;
3000 
3001   /* These are specials */
3002 
3003   case PT_ALNUM:
3004   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
3005           PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated;
3006 
3007   case PT_SPACE:    /* Perl space */
3008   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z ||
3009           c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR)
3010           == negated;
3011 
3012   case PT_PXSPACE:  /* POSIX space */
3013   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z ||
3014           c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_VT ||
3015           c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR)
3016           == negated;
3017 
3018   case PT_WORD:
3019   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
3020           PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
3021           c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated;
3022 
3023 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3024   case PT_CLIST:
3025   p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset;
3026   for (;;)
3027     {
3028     if (c < *p) return !negated;
3029     if (c == *p++) return negated;
3030     }
3031   break;  /* Control never reaches here */
3032 #endif
3033   }
3034 
3035 return FALSE;
3036 }
3037 #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
3038 
3039 
3040 
3041 /*************************************************
3042 *     Check if auto-possessifying is possible    *
3043 *************************************************/
3044 
3045 /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
3046 whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
3047 sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
3048 
3049 Arguments:
3050   previous      pointer to the repeated opcode
3051   utf           TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
3052   ptr           next character in pattern
3053   options       options bits
3054   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
3055 
3056 Returns:        TRUE if possessifying is wanted
3057 */
3058 
3059 static BOOL
check_auto_possessive(const pcre_uchar * previous,BOOL utf,const pcre_uchar * ptr,int options,compile_data * cd)3060 check_auto_possessive(const pcre_uchar *previous, BOOL utf,
3061   const pcre_uchar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
3062 {
3063 pcre_uint32 c = NOTACHAR;
3064 pcre_uint32 next;
3065 int escape;
3066 pcre_uchar op_code = *previous++;
3067 
3068 /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
3069 
3070 if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
3071   {
3072   for (;;)
3073     {
3074     while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
3075     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
3076       {
3077       ptr++;
3078       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
3079         {
3080         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
3081         ptr++;
3082 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3083         if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
3084 #endif
3085         }
3086       }
3087     else break;
3088     }
3089   }
3090 
3091 /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
3092 value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
3093 
3094 if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
3095   {
3096   int temperrorcode = 0;
3097   escape = check_escape(&ptr, &next, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
3098   if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
3099   ptr++;    /* Point after the escape sequence */
3100   }
3101 else if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
3102   {
3103   escape = 0;
3104 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3105   if (utf) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
3106 #endif
3107   next = *ptr++;
3108   }
3109 else return FALSE;
3110 
3111 /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
3112 
3113 if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
3114   {
3115   for (;;)
3116     {
3117     while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
3118     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
3119       {
3120       ptr++;
3121       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
3122         {
3123         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
3124         ptr++;
3125 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3126         if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
3127 #endif
3128         }
3129       }
3130     else break;
3131     }
3132   }
3133 
3134 /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
3135 
3136 if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
3137   STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
3138     return FALSE;
3139 
3140 /* If the previous item is a character, get its value. */
3141 
3142 if (op_code == OP_CHAR || op_code == OP_CHARI ||
3143     op_code == OP_NOT || op_code == OP_NOTI)
3144   {
3145 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3146   GETCHARTEST(c, previous);
3147 #else
3148   c = *previous;
3149 #endif
3150   }
3151 
3152 /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. First, handle cases when
3153 the next item is a character. */
3154 
3155 if (escape == 0)
3156   {
3157   /* For a caseless UTF match, the next character may have more than one other
3158   case, which maps to the special PT_CLIST property. Check this first. */
3159 
3160 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3161   if (utf && c != NOTACHAR && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
3162     {
3163     unsigned int ocs = UCD_CASESET(next);
3164     if (ocs > 0) return check_char_prop(c, PT_CLIST, ocs, op_code >= OP_NOT);
3165     }
3166 #endif
3167 
3168   switch(op_code)
3169     {
3170     case OP_CHAR:
3171     return c != next;
3172 
3173     /* For CHARI (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
3174     Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
3175     high-valued characters. We know that next can have only one other case,
3176     because multi-other-case characters are dealt with above. */
3177 
3178     case OP_CHARI:
3179     if (c == next) return FALSE;
3180 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3181     if (utf)
3182       {
3183       pcre_uint32 othercase;
3184       if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
3185 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3186       othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
3187 #else
3188       othercase = NOTACHAR;
3189 #endif
3190       return c != othercase;
3191       }
3192     else
3193 #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF */
3194     return (c != TABLE_GET(next, cd->fcc, next));  /* Not UTF */
3195 
3196     case OP_NOT:
3197     return c == next;
3198 
3199     case OP_NOTI:
3200     if (c == next) return TRUE;
3201 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3202     if (utf)
3203       {
3204       pcre_uint32 othercase;
3205       if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
3206 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3207       othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
3208 #else
3209       othercase = NOTACHAR;
3210 #endif
3211       return c == othercase;
3212       }
3213     else
3214 #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF */
3215     return (c == TABLE_GET(next, cd->fcc, next));  /* Not UTF */
3216 
3217     /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set.
3218     When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
3219 
3220     case OP_DIGIT:
3221     return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
3222 
3223     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
3224     return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
3225 
3226     case OP_WHITESPACE:
3227     return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
3228 
3229     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
3230     return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
3231 
3232     case OP_WORDCHAR:
3233     return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
3234 
3235     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
3236     return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
3237 
3238     case OP_HSPACE:
3239     case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
3240     switch(next)
3241       {
3242       HSPACE_CASES:
3243       return op_code == OP_NOT_HSPACE;
3244 
3245       default:
3246       return op_code != OP_NOT_HSPACE;
3247       }
3248 
3249     case OP_ANYNL:
3250     case OP_VSPACE:
3251     case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
3252     switch(next)
3253       {
3254       VSPACE_CASES:
3255       return op_code == OP_NOT_VSPACE;
3256 
3257       default:
3258       return op_code != OP_NOT_VSPACE;
3259       }
3260 
3261 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3262     case OP_PROP:
3263     return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], FALSE);
3264 
3265     case OP_NOTPROP:
3266     return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], TRUE);
3267 #endif
3268 
3269     default:
3270     return FALSE;
3271     }
3272   }
3273 
3274 /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. Note that when PCRE_UCP
3275 is set, \d turns into ESC_du rather than ESC_d, etc., so ESC_d etc. are
3276 generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set, that is, when only ASCII
3277 characteristics are recognized. Similarly, the opcodes OP_DIGIT etc. are
3278 replaced by OP_PROP codes when PCRE_UCP is set. */
3279 
3280 switch(op_code)
3281   {
3282   case OP_CHAR:
3283   case OP_CHARI:
3284   switch(escape)
3285     {
3286     case ESC_d:
3287     return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0;
3288 
3289     case ESC_D:
3290     return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0;
3291 
3292     case ESC_s:
3293     return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0;
3294 
3295     case ESC_S:
3296     return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0;
3297 
3298     case ESC_w:
3299     return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0;
3300 
3301     case ESC_W:
3302     return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
3303 
3304     case ESC_h:
3305     case ESC_H:
3306     switch(c)
3307       {
3308       HSPACE_CASES:
3309       return escape != ESC_h;
3310 
3311       default:
3312       return escape == ESC_h;
3313       }
3314 
3315     case ESC_v:
3316     case ESC_V:
3317     switch(c)
3318       {
3319       VSPACE_CASES:
3320       return escape != ESC_v;
3321 
3322       default:
3323       return escape == ESC_v;
3324       }
3325 
3326     /* When PCRE_UCP is set, these values get generated for \d etc. Find
3327     their substitutions and process them. The result will always be either
3328     ESC_p or ESC_P. Then fall through to process those values. */
3329 
3330 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3331     case ESC_du:
3332     case ESC_DU:
3333     case ESC_wu:
3334     case ESC_WU:
3335     case ESC_su:
3336     case ESC_SU:
3337       {
3338       int temperrorcode = 0;
3339       ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU];
3340       escape = check_escape(&ptr, &next, &temperrorcode, 0, options, FALSE);
3341       if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
3342       ptr++;    /* For compatibility */
3343       }
3344     /* Fall through */
3345 
3346     case ESC_p:
3347     case ESC_P:
3348       {
3349       unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
3350       int errorcodeptr;
3351       BOOL negated;
3352 
3353       ptr--;      /* Make ptr point at the p or P */
3354       if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, &errorcodeptr))
3355         return FALSE;
3356       ptr++;      /* Point past the final curly ket */
3357 
3358       /* If the property item is optional, we have to give up. (When generated
3359       from \d etc by PCRE_UCP, this test will have been applied much earlier,
3360       to the original \d etc. At this point, ptr will point to a zero byte. */
3361 
3362       if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
3363         STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
3364           return FALSE;
3365 
3366       /* Do the property check. */
3367 
3368       return check_char_prop(c, ptype, pdata, (escape == ESC_P) != negated);
3369       }
3370 #endif
3371 
3372     default:
3373     return FALSE;
3374     }
3375 
3376   /* In principle, support for Unicode properties should be integrated here as
3377   well. It means re-organizing the above code so as to get hold of the property
3378   values before switching on the op-code. However, I wonder how many patterns
3379   combine ASCII \d etc with Unicode properties? (Note that if PCRE_UCP is set,
3380   these op-codes are never generated.) */
3381 
3382   case OP_DIGIT:
3383   return escape == ESC_D || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_W ||
3384          escape == ESC_h || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
3385 
3386   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
3387   return escape == ESC_d;
3388 
3389   case OP_WHITESPACE:
3390   return escape == ESC_S || escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_w;
3391 
3392   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
3393   return escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_h || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
3394 
3395   case OP_HSPACE:
3396   return escape == ESC_S || escape == ESC_H || escape == ESC_d ||
3397          escape == ESC_w || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
3398 
3399   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
3400   return escape == ESC_h;
3401 
3402   /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
3403   case OP_ANYNL:
3404   case OP_VSPACE:
3405   return escape == ESC_V || escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_w;
3406 
3407   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
3408   return escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
3409 
3410   case OP_WORDCHAR:
3411   return escape == ESC_W || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_h ||
3412          escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
3413 
3414   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
3415   return escape == ESC_w || escape == ESC_d;
3416 
3417   default:
3418   return FALSE;
3419   }
3420 
3421 /* Control does not reach here */
3422 }
3423 
3424 
3425 
3426 /*************************************************
3427 *        Add a character or range to a class     *
3428 *************************************************/
3429 
3430 /* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of
3431 characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the
3432 valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is
3433 mutually recursive with the function immediately below.
3434 
3435 Arguments:
3436   classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
3437   uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
3438   options       the options word
3439   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
3440   start         start of range character
3441   end           end of range character
3442 
3443 Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
3444                 the pointer to extra data is updated
3445 */
3446 
3447 static int
add_to_class(pcre_uint8 * classbits,pcre_uchar ** uchardptr,int options,compile_data * cd,pcre_uint32 start,pcre_uint32 end)3448 add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
3449   compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end)
3450 {
3451 pcre_uint32 c;
3452 int n8 = 0;
3453 
3454 /* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate
3455 cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that
3456 are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original
3457 range. */
3458 
3459 if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
3460   {
3461 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
3462   if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
3463     {
3464     int rc;
3465     pcre_uint32 oc, od;
3466 
3467     options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS;   /* Remove for recursive calls */
3468     c = start;
3469 
3470     while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0)
3471       {
3472       /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */
3473 
3474       if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd,
3475         PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc);
3476 
3477       /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */
3478 
3479       else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue;
3480 
3481       /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we
3482       can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic
3483       range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */
3484 
3485       else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */
3486       else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) end = od;       /* Extend upwards */
3487       else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od);
3488       }
3489     }
3490   else
3491 #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
3492 
3493   /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */
3494 
3495   for (c = start; c <= end && c < 256; c++)
3496     {
3497     SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]);
3498     n8++;
3499     }
3500   }
3501 
3502 /* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit
3503 length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used
3504 in all cases. */
3505 
3506 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
3507 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3508   if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0)
3509 #endif
3510   if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff;
3511 
3512 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
3513 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3514   if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0)
3515 #endif
3516   if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff;
3517 
3518 #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */
3519 
3520 /* If all characters are less than 256, use the bit map. Otherwise use extra
3521 data. */
3522 
3523 if (end < 0x100)
3524   {
3525   for (c = start; c <= end; c++)
3526     {
3527     n8++;
3528     SETBIT(classbits, c);
3529     }
3530   }
3531 
3532 else
3533   {
3534   pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr;
3535 
3536 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3537   if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)  /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */
3538     {
3539     if (start < end)
3540       {
3541       *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
3542       uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
3543       uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata);
3544       }
3545     else if (start == end)
3546       {
3547       *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
3548       uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
3549       }
3550     }
3551   else
3552 #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF */
3553 
3554   /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length,
3555   and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */
3556 
3557 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
3558     {}
3559 #else
3560   if (start < end)
3561     {
3562     *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
3563     *uchardata++ = start;
3564     *uchardata++ = end;
3565     }
3566   else if (start == end)
3567     {
3568     *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
3569     *uchardata++ = start;
3570     }
3571 #endif
3572 
3573   *uchardptr = uchardata;   /* Updata extra data pointer */
3574   }
3575 
3576 return n8;    /* Number of 8-bit characters */
3577 }
3578 
3579 
3580 
3581 
3582 /*************************************************
3583 *        Add a list of characters to a class     *
3584 *************************************************/
3585 
3586 /* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a
3587 class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the
3588 list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and
3589 handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function
3590 above.
3591 
3592 Arguments:
3593   classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
3594   uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
3595   options       the options word
3596   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
3597   p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
3598   except        character to omit; this is used when adding lists of
3599                   case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we
3600                   already know about
3601 
3602 Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
3603                 the pointer to extra data is updated
3604 */
3605 
3606 static int
add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 * classbits,pcre_uchar ** uchardptr,int options,compile_data * cd,const pcre_uint32 * p,unsigned int except)3607 add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
3608   compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except)
3609 {
3610 int n8 = 0;
3611 while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
3612   {
3613   int n = 0;
3614   if (p[0] != except)
3615     {
3616     while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++;
3617     n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]);
3618     }
3619   p += n + 1;
3620   }
3621 return n8;
3622 }
3623 
3624 
3625 
3626 /*************************************************
3627 *    Add characters not in a list to a class     *
3628 *************************************************/
3629 
3630 /* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or
3631 vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order.
3632 
3633 Arguments:
3634   classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
3635   uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
3636   options       the options word
3637   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
3638   p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
3639 
3640 Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
3641                 the pointer to extra data is updated
3642 */
3643 
3644 static int
add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 * classbits,pcre_uchar ** uchardptr,int options,compile_data * cd,const pcre_uint32 * p)3645 add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr,
3646   int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p)
3647 {
3648 BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
3649 int n8 = 0;
3650 if (p[0] > 0)
3651   n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1);
3652 while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
3653   {
3654   while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++;
3655   n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1,
3656     (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1);
3657   p++;
3658   }
3659 return n8;
3660 }
3661 
3662 
3663 
3664 /*************************************************
3665 *           Compile one branch                   *
3666 *************************************************/
3667 
3668 /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
3669 changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
3670 bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
3671 to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
3672 phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
3673 
3674 Arguments:
3675   optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
3676   codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
3677   ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
3678   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
3679   firstcharptr    place to put the first required character
3680   firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
3681   reqcharptr     place to put the last required character
3682   reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
3683   bcptr          points to current branch chain
3684   cond_depth     conditional nesting depth
3685   cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
3686   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
3687                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
3688 
3689 Returns:         TRUE on success
3690                  FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
3691 */
3692 
3693 static BOOL
compile_branch(int * optionsptr,pcre_uchar ** codeptr,const pcre_uchar ** ptrptr,int * errorcodeptr,pcre_uint32 * firstcharptr,pcre_int32 * firstcharflagsptr,pcre_uint32 * reqcharptr,pcre_int32 * reqcharflagsptr,branch_chain * bcptr,int cond_depth,compile_data * cd,int * lengthptr)3694 compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr,
3695   const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr,
3696   pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
3697   pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
3698   branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth,
3699   compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
3700 {
3701 int repeat_type, op_type;
3702 int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
3703 int bravalue = 0;
3704 int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
3705 pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
3706 pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
3707 pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar;
3708 pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags;
3709 pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
3710 int options = *optionsptr;               /* May change dynamically */
3711 int after_manual_callout = 0;
3712 int length_prevgroup = 0;
3713 register pcre_uint32 c;
3714 int escape;
3715 register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
3716 pcre_uchar *last_code = code;
3717 pcre_uchar *orig_code = code;
3718 pcre_uchar *tempcode;
3719 BOOL inescq = FALSE;
3720 BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
3721 const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
3722 const pcre_uchar *tempptr;
3723 const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL;
3724 pcre_uchar *previous = NULL;
3725 pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL;
3726 pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL;
3727 pcre_uint8 classbits[32];
3728 
3729 /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we
3730 must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change
3731 dynamically as we process the pattern. */
3732 
3733 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3734 /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
3735 BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
3736 #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32
3737 pcre_uchar utf_chars[6];
3738 #endif
3739 #else
3740 BOOL utf = FALSE;
3741 #endif
3742 
3743 /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define
3744 class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always,
3745 though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply
3746 alternative calls for the different cases. */
3747 
3748 pcre_uchar *class_uchardata;
3749 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
3750 BOOL xclass;
3751 pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base;
3752 #endif
3753 
3754 #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
3755 if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
3756 #endif
3757 
3758 /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
3759 
3760 greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
3761 greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
3762 
3763 /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
3764 matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
3765 matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never
3766 find one.
3767 
3768 When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
3769 to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
3770 zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
3771 item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
3772 
3773 firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0;
3774 firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
3775 
3776 /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value
3777 or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The
3778 REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the
3779 firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the
3780 value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
3781 
3782 req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
3783 
3784 /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
3785 
3786 for (;; ptr++)
3787   {
3788   BOOL negate_class;
3789   BOOL should_flip_negation;
3790   BOOL possessive_quantifier;
3791   BOOL is_quantifier;
3792   BOOL is_recurse;
3793   BOOL reset_bracount;
3794   int class_has_8bitchar;
3795   int class_one_char;
3796   int newoptions;
3797   int recno;
3798   int refsign;
3799   int skipbytes;
3800   pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar;
3801   pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags;
3802   int terminator;
3803   unsigned int mclength;
3804   unsigned int tempbracount;
3805   pcre_uint32 ec;
3806   pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8];
3807 
3808   /* Get next character in the pattern */
3809 
3810   c = *ptr;
3811 
3812   /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level
3813   string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */
3814 
3815   if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL)
3816     {
3817     ptr = nestptr;
3818     nestptr = NULL;
3819     c = *ptr;
3820     }
3821 
3822   /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
3823   previous cycle of this loop. */
3824 
3825   if (lengthptr != NULL)
3826     {
3827 #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
3828     if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code;                 /* High water info */
3829 #endif
3830     if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
3831         WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)                       /* Check for overrun */
3832       {
3833       *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
3834       goto FAILED;
3835       }
3836 
3837     /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
3838     case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
3839     the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
3840     allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
3841     */
3842 
3843     if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
3844 
3845     /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
3846 
3847     if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
3848       {
3849       *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
3850       goto FAILED;
3851       }
3852 
3853     *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);
3854     DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr,
3855       (int)(code - last_code), c, c));
3856 
3857     /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
3858     it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
3859     if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
3860 
3861     if (previous != NULL)
3862       {
3863       if (previous > orig_code)
3864         {
3865         memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous));
3866         code -= previous - orig_code;
3867         previous = orig_code;
3868         }
3869       }
3870     else code = orig_code;
3871 
3872     /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
3873     next time round. */
3874 
3875     last_code = code;
3876     }
3877 
3878   /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
3879   reference list. */
3880 
3881   else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
3882            WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
3883     {
3884     *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
3885     goto FAILED;
3886     }
3887 
3888   /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
3889 
3890   if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL)
3891     {
3892     if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
3893       {
3894       inescq = FALSE;
3895       ptr++;
3896       continue;
3897       }
3898     else
3899       {
3900       if (previous_callout != NULL)
3901         {
3902         if (lengthptr == NULL)  /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
3903           complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
3904         previous_callout = NULL;
3905         }
3906       if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
3907         {
3908         previous_callout = code;
3909         code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
3910         }
3911       goto NORMAL_CHAR;
3912       }
3913     }
3914 
3915   /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
3916   a quantifier. */
3917 
3918   is_quantifier =
3919     c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
3920     (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
3921 
3922   if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
3923        after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
3924     {
3925     if (lengthptr == NULL)      /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
3926       complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
3927     previous_callout = NULL;
3928     }
3929 
3930   /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. */
3931 
3932   if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
3933     {
3934     if (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
3935     if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
3936       {
3937       ptr++;
3938       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
3939         {
3940         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
3941         ptr++;
3942 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
3943         if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
3944 #endif
3945         }
3946       if (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) continue;
3947 
3948       /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
3949       c = 0;
3950       }
3951     }
3952 
3953   /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
3954 
3955   if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
3956     {
3957     previous_callout = code;
3958     code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
3959     }
3960 
3961   switch(c)
3962     {
3963     /* ===================================================================*/
3964     case 0:                        /* The branch terminates at string end */
3965     case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:       /* or | or ) */
3966     case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
3967     *firstcharptr = firstchar;
3968     *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
3969     *reqcharptr = reqchar;
3970     *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
3971     *codeptr = code;
3972     *ptrptr = ptr;
3973     if (lengthptr != NULL)
3974       {
3975       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
3976         {
3977         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
3978         goto FAILED;
3979         }
3980       *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);   /* To include callout length */
3981       DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
3982       }
3983     return TRUE;
3984 
3985 
3986     /* ===================================================================*/
3987     /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
3988     the setting of any following char as a first character. */
3989 
3990     case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
3991     previous = NULL;
3992     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
3993       {
3994       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
3995       *code++ = OP_CIRCM;
3996       }
3997     else *code++ = OP_CIRC;
3998     break;
3999 
4000     case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
4001     previous = NULL;
4002     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL;
4003     break;
4004 
4005     /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
4006     repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */
4007 
4008     case CHAR_DOT:
4009     if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
4010     zerofirstchar = firstchar;
4011     zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
4012     zeroreqchar = reqchar;
4013     zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
4014     previous = code;
4015     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
4016     break;
4017 
4018 
4019     /* ===================================================================*/
4020     /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
4021     32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
4022     where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
4023     map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
4024     so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
4025 
4026     If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
4027     opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
4028     but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
4029     whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
4030 
4031     In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
4032     default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
4033 
4034     case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
4035     if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
4036       {
4037       *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
4038       goto FAILED;
4039       }
4040     goto NORMAL_CHAR;
4041 
4042     case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
4043     previous = code;
4044 
4045     /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
4046     they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
4047 
4048     if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
4049          ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
4050         check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
4051       {
4052       *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
4053       goto FAILED;
4054       }
4055 
4056     /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
4057     if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
4058     skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
4059 
4060     negate_class = FALSE;
4061     for (;;)
4062       {
4063       c = *(++ptr);
4064       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
4065         {
4066         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
4067           ptr++;
4068         else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
4069           ptr += 3;
4070         else
4071           break;
4072         }
4073       else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
4074         negate_class = TRUE;
4075       else break;
4076       }
4077 
4078     /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
4079     an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
4080     that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
4081     [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
4082 
4083     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
4084         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
4085       {
4086       *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
4087       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
4088       zerofirstchar = firstchar;
4089       zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
4090       break;
4091       }
4092 
4093     /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
4094     negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
4095     correctly (they are all included in the class). */
4096 
4097     should_flip_negation = FALSE;
4098 
4099     /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class:
4100     class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one <
4101     256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one
4102     character. */
4103 
4104     class_has_8bitchar = 0;
4105     class_one_char = 0;
4106 
4107     /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
4108     temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two
4109     8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit
4110     map. */
4111 
4112     memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
4113 
4114 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
4115     xclass = FALSE;
4116     class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;   /* For XCLASS items */
4117     class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata;   /* Save the start */
4118 #endif
4119 
4120     /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
4121     means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
4122     loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
4123 
4124     if (c != CHAR_NULL) do
4125       {
4126       const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
4127 
4128 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
4129       if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
4130         {                           /* Braces are required because the */
4131         GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
4132         }
4133 #endif
4134 
4135 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
4136       /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra
4137       data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
4138       contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space
4139       (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data,
4140       however. */
4141 
4142       if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base)
4143         {
4144         xclass = TRUE;
4145         *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base;
4146         class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base;
4147         }
4148 #endif
4149 
4150       /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
4151 
4152       if (inescq)
4153         {
4154         if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)  /* If we are at \E */
4155           {
4156           inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
4157           ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
4158           continue;                         /* Carry on with next */
4159           }
4160         goto CHECK_RANGE;                   /* Could be range if \E follows */
4161         }
4162 
4163       /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
4164       form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
4165       treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
4166       [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
4167       5.6 and 5.8 do. */
4168 
4169       if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
4170           (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
4171            ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
4172         {
4173         BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
4174         int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
4175         register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
4176         pcre_uint8 pbits[32];
4177 
4178         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
4179           {
4180           *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
4181           goto FAILED;
4182           }
4183 
4184         ptr += 2;
4185         if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
4186           {
4187           local_negate = TRUE;
4188           should_flip_negation = TRUE;  /* Note negative special */
4189           ptr++;
4190           }
4191 
4192         posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr));
4193         if (posix_class < 0)
4194           {
4195           *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
4196           goto FAILED;
4197           }
4198 
4199         /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
4200         alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
4201         alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
4202 
4203         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
4204           posix_class = 0;
4205 
4206         /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
4207         different escape sequences that use Unicode properties. */
4208 
4209 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
4210         if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
4211           {
4212           int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0);
4213           if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL)
4214             {
4215             nestptr = tempptr + 1;
4216             ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1;
4217             continue;
4218             }
4219           }
4220 #endif
4221         /* In the non-UCP case, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a
4222         chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it,
4223         and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already.
4224         At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */
4225 
4226         posix_class *= 3;
4227 
4228         /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
4229 
4230         memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
4231           32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
4232 
4233         /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
4234 
4235         taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
4236         tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
4237 
4238         if (taboffset >= 0)
4239           {
4240           if (tabopt >= 0)
4241             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
4242           else
4243             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
4244           }
4245 
4246         /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
4247         value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
4248 
4249         if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
4250         if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
4251           else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
4252 
4253         /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
4254         being built and we are done. */
4255 
4256         if (local_negate)
4257           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
4258         else
4259           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
4260 
4261         ptr = tempptr + 1;
4262         /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */
4263         class_has_8bitchar = 1;
4264         /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
4265         class_one_char = 2;
4266         continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
4267         }
4268 
4269       /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
4270       of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
4271       case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We
4272       assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so
4273       speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger
4274       than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated
4275       as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if
4276       PCRE_EXTRA is set. */
4277 
4278       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
4279         {
4280         escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
4281 
4282         if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
4283 
4284         if (escape == 0)
4285           c = ec;
4286         else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */
4287         else if (escape == ESC_N)            /* \N is not supported in a class */
4288           {
4289           *errorcodeptr = ERR71;
4290           goto FAILED;
4291           }
4292         else if (escape == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
4293           {
4294           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
4295             {
4296             ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
4297             }
4298           else inescq = TRUE;
4299           continue;
4300           }
4301         else if (escape == ESC_E) continue;  /* Ignore orphan \E */
4302 
4303         else
4304           {
4305           register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
4306           /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */
4307           class_has_8bitchar++;
4308           /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
4309           class_one_char += 2;
4310 
4311           switch (escape)
4312             {
4313 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
4314             case ESC_du:     /* These are the values given for \d etc */
4315             case ESC_DU:     /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */
4316             case ESC_wu:     /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */
4317             case ESC_WU:     /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */
4318             case ESC_su:     /* of the default ASCII testing. */
4319             case ESC_SU:
4320             nestptr = ptr;
4321             ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1;  /* Just before substitute */
4322             class_has_8bitchar--;                /* Undo! */
4323             continue;
4324 #endif
4325             case ESC_d:
4326             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
4327             continue;
4328 
4329             case ESC_D:
4330             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
4331             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
4332             continue;
4333 
4334             case ESC_w:
4335             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
4336             continue;
4337 
4338             case ESC_W:
4339             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
4340             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
4341             continue;
4342 
4343             /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s, but we must preserve it
4344             if it was previously set by something earlier in the character
4345             class. Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and
4346             EBCDIC, so we lazily just adjust the appropriate bit. */
4347 
4348             case ESC_s:
4349             classbits[0] |= cbits[cbit_space];
4350             classbits[1] |= cbits[cbit_space+1] & ~0x08;
4351             for (c = 2; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
4352             continue;
4353 
4354             case ESC_S:
4355             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
4356             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
4357             classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
4358             continue;
4359 
4360             /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */
4361 
4362             case ESC_h:
4363             (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
4364               PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR);
4365             continue;
4366 
4367             case ESC_H:
4368             (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
4369               cd, PRIV(hspace_list));
4370             continue;
4371 
4372             case ESC_v:
4373             (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
4374               PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR);
4375             continue;
4376 
4377             case ESC_V:
4378             (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
4379               cd, PRIV(vspace_list));
4380             continue;
4381 
4382 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
4383             case ESC_p:
4384             case ESC_P:
4385               {
4386               BOOL negated;
4387               unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
4388               if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
4389                 goto FAILED;
4390               *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)?
4391                 XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
4392               *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
4393               *class_uchardata++ = pdata;
4394               class_has_8bitchar--;                /* Undo! */
4395               continue;
4396               }
4397 #endif
4398             /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
4399             strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
4400             treated as literals. */
4401 
4402             default:
4403             if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
4404               {
4405               *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
4406               goto FAILED;
4407               }
4408             class_has_8bitchar--;    /* Undo the speculative increase. */
4409             class_one_char -= 2;     /* Undo the speculative increase. */
4410             c = *ptr;                /* Get the final character and fall through */
4411             break;
4412             }
4413           }
4414 
4415         /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0).
4416         This may be greater than 256. */
4417 
4418         escape = 0;
4419 
4420         }   /* End of backslash handling */
4421 
4422       /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does
4423       not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is
4424       treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The
4425       code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
4426 
4427       CHECK_RANGE:
4428       while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
4429         {
4430         inescq = FALSE;
4431         ptr += 2;
4432         }
4433       oldptr = ptr;
4434 
4435       /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */
4436 
4437       if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
4438 
4439       /* Check for range */
4440 
4441       if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
4442         {
4443         pcre_uint32 d;
4444         ptr += 2;
4445         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
4446 
4447         /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
4448         mode. */
4449 
4450         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
4451           {
4452           ptr += 2;
4453           if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
4454             { ptr += 2; continue; }
4455           inescq = TRUE;
4456           break;
4457           }
4458 
4459         /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put
4460         back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */
4461 
4462         if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
4463           {
4464           ptr = oldptr;
4465           goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
4466           }
4467 
4468         /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */
4469 
4470 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
4471         if (utf)
4472           {                           /* Braces are required because the */
4473           GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
4474           }
4475         else
4476 #endif
4477         d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
4478 
4479         /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
4480         not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
4481         in such circumstances. */
4482 
4483         if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
4484           {
4485           int descape;
4486           descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
4487           if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
4488 
4489           /* \b is backspace; any other special means the '-' was literal. */
4490 
4491           if (descape != 0)
4492             {
4493             if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else
4494               {
4495               ptr = oldptr;
4496               goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
4497               }
4498             }
4499           }
4500 
4501         /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
4502         one-character ranges. */
4503 
4504         if (d < c)
4505           {
4506           *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
4507           goto FAILED;
4508           }
4509         if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
4510 
4511         /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations
4512         cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there
4513         is more than one character. */
4514 
4515         class_one_char = 2;
4516 
4517         /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */
4518 
4519         if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
4520 
4521         class_has_8bitchar +=
4522           add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d);
4523 
4524         continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
4525         }
4526 
4527       /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape
4528       char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent
4529       range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't
4530       increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class
4531       with a zillion characters in it. */
4532 
4533       CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
4534       if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++;
4535 
4536       /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the
4537       class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by
4538       escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by
4539       turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or
4540       OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar
4541       to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first,
4542       whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the
4543       previous value for reinstating. */
4544 
4545       if (class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
4546         {
4547         ptr++;
4548         zeroreqchar = reqchar;
4549         zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
4550 
4551         if (negate_class)
4552           {
4553 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
4554           int d;
4555 #endif
4556           if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
4557           zerofirstchar = firstchar;
4558           zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
4559 
4560           /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check
4561           whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate
4562           a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */
4563 
4564 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
4565           if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 &&
4566               (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
4567             {
4568             *code++ = OP_NOTPROP;
4569             *code++ = PT_CLIST;
4570             *code++ = d;
4571             }
4572           else
4573 #endif
4574           /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */
4575 
4576             {
4577             *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT;
4578 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
4579             if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
4580               code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code);
4581             else
4582 #endif
4583               *code++ = c;
4584             }
4585 
4586           /* We are finished with this character class */
4587 
4588           goto END_CLASS;
4589           }
4590 
4591         /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
4592         then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
4593 
4594 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
4595         if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
4596           mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
4597         else
4598 #endif
4599           {
4600           mcbuffer[0] = c;
4601           mclength = 1;
4602           }
4603         goto ONE_CHAR;
4604         }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
4605 
4606       /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item
4607       has been generated. Add this character to the class. */
4608 
4609       class_has_8bitchar +=
4610         add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c);
4611       }
4612 
4613     /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above.
4614     If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer
4615     string. */
4616 
4617     while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL ||
4618            (nestptr != NULL &&
4619              (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) &&
4620            (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
4621 
4622     /* Check for missing terminating ']' */
4623 
4624     if (c == CHAR_NULL)
4625       {
4626       *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
4627       goto FAILED;
4628       }
4629 
4630     /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In
4631     the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile
4632     phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it
4633     only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain
4634     anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when
4635     uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here
4636     instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */
4637 
4638 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
4639     if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE;
4640 #endif
4641 
4642     /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char
4643     setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain
4644     unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
4645 
4646     if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
4647     zerofirstchar = firstchar;
4648     zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
4649     zeroreqchar = reqchar;
4650     zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
4651 
4652     /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
4653     extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
4654     such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all
4655     characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as
4656     well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must
4657     be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the
4658     actual compiled code. */
4659 
4660 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
4661     if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0))
4662 #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
4663     if (xclass && !should_flip_negation)
4664 #endif
4665 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
4666       {
4667       *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
4668       *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
4669       code += LINK_SIZE;
4670       *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0;
4671 
4672       /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
4673       otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
4674 
4675       if (class_has_8bitchar > 0)
4676         {
4677         *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
4678         memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code,
4679           IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code));
4680         memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
4681         code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
4682         }
4683       else code = class_uchardata;
4684 
4685       /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
4686 
4687       PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous));
4688       break;   /* End of class handling */
4689       }
4690 #endif
4691 
4692     /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or
4693     excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the
4694     whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S
4695     (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector,
4696     negating it if necessary. */
4697 
4698     *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
4699     if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
4700       {
4701       if (negate_class)
4702         for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c];
4703       memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
4704       }
4705     code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
4706 
4707     END_CLASS:
4708     break;
4709 
4710 
4711     /* ===================================================================*/
4712     /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
4713     has been tested above. */
4714 
4715     case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
4716     if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
4717     ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
4718     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
4719     goto REPEAT;
4720 
4721     case CHAR_ASTERISK:
4722     repeat_min = 0;
4723     repeat_max = -1;
4724     goto REPEAT;
4725 
4726     case CHAR_PLUS:
4727     repeat_min = 1;
4728     repeat_max = -1;
4729     goto REPEAT;
4730 
4731     case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
4732     repeat_min = 0;
4733     repeat_max = 1;
4734 
4735     REPEAT:
4736     if (previous == NULL)
4737       {
4738       *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
4739       goto FAILED;
4740       }
4741 
4742     if (repeat_min == 0)
4743       {
4744       firstchar = zerofirstchar;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
4745       firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags;
4746       reqchar = zeroreqchar;        /* Ditto */
4747       reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags;
4748       }
4749 
4750     /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
4751 
4752     reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
4753 
4754     op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
4755     possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
4756 
4757     /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to
4758     insert something before it. */
4759 
4760     tempcode = previous;
4761 
4762     /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
4763     implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
4764     If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
4765     but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
4766     repeat type to the non-default. */
4767 
4768     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
4769       {
4770       repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
4771       possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
4772       ptr++;
4773       }
4774     else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
4775       {
4776       repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
4777       ptr++;
4778       }
4779     else repeat_type = greedy_default;
4780 
4781     /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that
4782     previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the
4783     past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the
4784     repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this,
4785     but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */
4786 
4787     if (*previous == OP_RECURSE)
4788       {
4789       memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE));
4790       *previous = OP_ONCE;
4791       PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
4792       previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET;
4793       PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
4794       code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
4795       length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
4796 
4797       /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward
4798       reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */
4799 
4800       if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE)
4801         {
4802         int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE);
4803         if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code)
4804           PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE);
4805         }
4806       }
4807 
4808     /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */
4809 
4810     /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item
4811     and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more
4812     than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence
4813     such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone
4814     into firstchar instead.  */
4815 
4816     if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI
4817         || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI)
4818       {
4819       switch (*previous)
4820         {
4821         default: /* Make compiler happy. */
4822         case OP_CHAR:  op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break;
4823         case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break;
4824         case OP_NOT:   op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break;
4825         case OP_NOTI:  op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break;
4826         }
4827 
4828       /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's
4829       easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
4830       hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that
4831       it's a length rather than a small character. */
4832 
4833 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
4834       if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1]))
4835         {
4836         pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1;
4837         BACKCHAR(lastchar);
4838         c = (int)(code - lastchar);     /* Length of UTF-8 character */
4839         memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */
4840         c |= UTF_LENGTH;                /* Flag c as a length */
4841         }
4842       else
4843 #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
4844 
4845       /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or
4846       with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */
4847         {
4848         c = code[-1];
4849         if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1)
4850           {
4851           reqchar = c;
4852           reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
4853           }
4854         }
4855 
4856       /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
4857       the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
4858       automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
4859       where the match fails. */
4860 
4861       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
4862           repeat_max < 0 &&
4863           check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd))
4864         {
4865         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
4866         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
4867         }
4868 
4869       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
4870       }
4871 
4872     /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
4873     create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
4874     repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
4875     the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
4876     defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
4877     makes it horribly messy. */
4878 
4879     else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
4880       {
4881       pcre_uchar *oldcode;
4882       int prop_type, prop_value;
4883       op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
4884       c = *previous;
4885 
4886       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
4887           repeat_max < 0 &&
4888           check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd))
4889         {
4890         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
4891         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
4892         }
4893 
4894       OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
4895       if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
4896         {
4897         prop_type = previous[1];
4898         prop_value = previous[2];
4899         }
4900       else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
4901 
4902       oldcode = code;
4903       code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
4904 
4905       /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
4906       this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
4907 
4908       if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
4909 
4910       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
4911       /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally
4912       removed: */
4913 
4914       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
4915       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
4916 
4917       /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */
4918       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
4919 
4920       /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
4921 
4922       repeat_type += op_type;
4923 
4924       /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
4925       an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
4926 
4927       if (repeat_min == 0)
4928         {
4929         if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
4930           else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
4931         else
4932           {
4933           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
4934           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
4935           }
4936         }
4937 
4938       /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
4939       maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
4940       left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
4941       one less than the maximum. */
4942 
4943       else if (repeat_min == 1)
4944         {
4945         if (repeat_max == -1)
4946           *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
4947         else
4948           {
4949           code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
4950           if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
4951           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
4952           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
4953           }
4954         }
4955 
4956       /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
4957       handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
4958 
4959       else
4960         {
4961         *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
4962         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
4963 
4964         /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
4965         we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
4966         Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
4967         required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
4968         c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */
4969 
4970         if (repeat_max < 0)
4971           {
4972 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
4973           if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
4974             {
4975             memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
4976             code += c & 7;
4977             }
4978           else
4979 #endif
4980             {
4981             *code++ = c;
4982             if (prop_type >= 0)
4983               {
4984               *code++ = prop_type;
4985               *code++ = prop_value;
4986               }
4987             }
4988           *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
4989           }
4990 
4991         /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
4992         preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
4993         UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
4994 
4995         else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
4996           {
4997 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
4998           if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
4999             {
5000             memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
5001             code += c & 7;
5002             }
5003           else
5004 #endif
5005           *code++ = c;
5006           if (prop_type >= 0)
5007             {
5008             *code++ = prop_type;
5009             *code++ = prop_value;
5010             }
5011           repeat_max -= repeat_min;
5012 
5013           if (repeat_max == 1)
5014             {
5015             *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
5016             }
5017           else
5018             {
5019             *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
5020             PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
5021             }
5022           }
5023         }
5024 
5025       /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
5026 
5027 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
5028       if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
5029         {
5030         memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
5031         code += c & 7;
5032         }
5033       else
5034 #endif
5035       *code++ = c;
5036 
5037       /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
5038       define the required property. */
5039 
5040 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
5041       if (prop_type >= 0)
5042         {
5043         *code++ = prop_type;
5044         *code++ = prop_value;
5045         }
5046 #endif
5047       }
5048 
5049     /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
5050     stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
5051 
5052     else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
5053              *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
5054 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
5055              *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
5056 #endif
5057              *previous == OP_REF ||
5058              *previous == OP_REFI)
5059       {
5060       if (repeat_max == 0)
5061         {
5062         code = previous;
5063         goto END_REPEAT;
5064         }
5065 
5066       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
5067       /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally
5068       removed: */
5069 
5070       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
5071       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
5072 
5073       /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */
5074       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
5075 
5076       if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
5077         *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
5078       else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
5079         *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
5080       else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
5081         *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
5082       else
5083         {
5084         *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
5085         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
5086         if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
5087         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
5088         }
5089       }
5090 
5091     /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
5092     cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket
5093     opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted
5094     into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >=
5095     OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK,
5096     ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, BRA, CBRA, and COND. Originally, PCRE did not allow
5097     repetition of assertions, but now it does, for Perl compatibility. */
5098 
5099     else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND)
5100       {
5101       register int i;
5102       int len = (int)(code - previous);
5103       pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL;
5104       pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL;
5105 
5106       /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so
5107       we just ignore the repeat. */
5108 
5109       if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
5110         goto END_REPEAT;
5111 
5112       /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential
5113       use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore,
5114       if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the
5115       maximum is not not zero or one, set it to 1. */
5116 
5117       if (*previous < OP_ONCE)    /* Assertion */
5118         {
5119         if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT;
5120         if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1;
5121         }
5122 
5123       /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
5124       OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
5125       data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
5126       this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
5127       the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
5128       minimum is zero. */
5129 
5130       if (repeat_min == 0)
5131         {
5132         /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
5133         output altogether, like this:
5134 
5135         ** if (repeat_max == 0)
5136         **   {
5137         **   code = previous;
5138         **   goto END_REPEAT;
5139         **   }
5140 
5141         However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced
5142         as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in
5143         OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we
5144         don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this
5145         selectively.
5146 
5147         If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
5148         and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
5149         OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
5150         internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
5151         start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
5152         this. */
5153 
5154         if (repeat_max <= 1)    /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
5155           {
5156           *code = OP_END;
5157           adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm);
5158           memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
5159           code++;
5160           if (repeat_max == 0)
5161             {
5162             *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
5163             goto END_REPEAT;
5164             }
5165           brazeroptr = previous;    /* Save for possessive optimizing */
5166           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
5167           }
5168 
5169         /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
5170         in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
5171         The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
5172         copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
5173         that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
5174         adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
5175         again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
5176 
5177         else
5178           {
5179           int offset;
5180           *code = OP_END;
5181           adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
5182           memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
5183           code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
5184           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
5185           *previous++ = OP_BRA;
5186 
5187           /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
5188           filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
5189 
5190           offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink);
5191           bralink = previous;
5192           PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
5193           }
5194 
5195         repeat_max--;
5196         }
5197 
5198       /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
5199       times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
5200       copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
5201       set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
5202       forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
5203       the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
5204 
5205       else
5206         {
5207         if (repeat_min > 1)
5208           {
5209           /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
5210           just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
5211           potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit
5212           integer type when available, otherwise double. */
5213 
5214           if (lengthptr != NULL)
5215             {
5216             int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
5217             if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)*
5218                   (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup >
5219                     (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
5220                 OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
5221               {
5222               *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
5223               goto FAILED;
5224               }
5225             *lengthptr += delta;
5226             }
5227 
5228           /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for
5229           the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make
5230           sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before
5231           doing the copy. */
5232 
5233           else
5234             {
5235             if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0)
5236               {
5237               reqchar = firstchar;
5238               reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
5239               }
5240 
5241             for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
5242               {
5243               pcre_uchar *hc;
5244               pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
5245               memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
5246 
5247               while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
5248                      WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm))
5249                 {
5250                 int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
5251                 int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
5252                 *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
5253                 if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
5254                 save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset;
5255                 this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset;
5256                 }
5257 
5258               for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
5259                 {
5260                 PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
5261                 cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
5262                 }
5263               save_hwm = this_hwm;
5264               code += len;
5265               }
5266             }
5267           }
5268 
5269         if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
5270         }
5271 
5272       /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
5273       the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
5274       remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
5275       the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
5276       the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
5277       replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
5278 
5279       if (repeat_max >= 0)
5280         {
5281         /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
5282         just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
5283         to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
5284         add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
5285         paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is
5286         a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */
5287 
5288         if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
5289           {
5290           int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
5291                       2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
5292           if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max *
5293                 (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
5294                   > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
5295               OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
5296             {
5297             *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
5298             goto FAILED;
5299             }
5300           *lengthptr += delta;
5301           }
5302 
5303         /* This is compiling for real */
5304 
5305         else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5306           {
5307           pcre_uchar *hc;
5308           pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
5309 
5310           *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
5311 
5312           /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
5313           chain of brackets outstanding. */
5314 
5315           if (i != 0)
5316             {
5317             int offset;
5318             *code++ = OP_BRA;
5319             offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink);
5320             bralink = code;
5321             PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
5322             }
5323 
5324           memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
5325 
5326           /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before
5327           copying them. */
5328 
5329           while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
5330                  WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm))
5331             {
5332             int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
5333             int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
5334             *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
5335             if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
5336             save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset;
5337             this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset;
5338             }
5339 
5340           for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
5341             {
5342             PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
5343             cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
5344             }
5345           save_hwm = this_hwm;
5346           code += len;
5347           }
5348 
5349         /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
5350         fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
5351 
5352         while (bralink != NULL)
5353           {
5354           int oldlinkoffset;
5355           int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1);
5356           pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset;
5357           oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
5358           bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
5359           *code++ = OP_KET;
5360           PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
5361           PUT(bra, 1, offset);
5362           }
5363         }
5364 
5365       /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For
5366       ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated
5367       ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the
5368       behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to
5369       deal with possessive ONCEs specially.
5370 
5371       Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see
5372       whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so,
5373       convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
5374       that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE
5375       groups at runtime, but in a different way.]
5376 
5377       Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a
5378       conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to
5379       KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of
5380       subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes
5381       makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If
5382       the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO.
5383 
5384       Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive
5385       flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside
5386       atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1,
5387       there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap
5388       the whole thing. */
5389 
5390       else
5391         {
5392         pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE;
5393         pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
5394 
5395         /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */
5396 
5397         if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) &&
5398             possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA;
5399 
5400         /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to
5401         set the KET. */
5402 
5403         if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC)
5404           *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
5405 
5406         /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been
5407         converted to non-capturing above). */
5408 
5409         else
5410           {
5411           /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */
5412 
5413           if (lengthptr == NULL)
5414             {
5415             pcre_uchar *scode = bracode;
5416             do
5417               {
5418               if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd))
5419                 {
5420                 *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
5421                 break;
5422                 }
5423               scode += GET(scode, 1);
5424               }
5425             while (*scode == OP_ALT);
5426             }
5427 
5428           /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */
5429 
5430           if (possessive_quantifier)
5431             {
5432             /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively
5433             repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS
5434             versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we
5435             must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */
5436 
5437             if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND)
5438               {
5439               int nlen = (int)(code - bracode);
5440               *code = OP_END;
5441               adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
5442               memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen));
5443               code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
5444               nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
5445               *bracode = OP_BRAPOS;
5446               *code++ = OP_KETRPOS;
5447               PUTINC(code, 0, nlen);
5448               PUT(bracode, 1, nlen);
5449               }
5450 
5451             /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */
5452 
5453             else
5454               {
5455               *bracode += 1;              /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */
5456               *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS;
5457               }
5458 
5459             /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the
5460             possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */
5461 
5462             if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO;
5463             if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
5464             }
5465 
5466           /* Non-possessive quantifier */
5467 
5468           else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
5469           }
5470         }
5471       }
5472 
5473     /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
5474     JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
5475     by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
5476     error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
5477 
5478     else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
5479 
5480     /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
5481 
5482     else
5483       {
5484       *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
5485       goto FAILED;
5486       }
5487 
5488     /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
5489     tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some opcodes,
5490     there are special alternative opcodes for this case. For anything else, we
5491     wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets. Logically, the '+'
5492     notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package, but the
5493     special opcodes can optimize it.
5494 
5495     Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been
5496     completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier
5497     is always FALSE at this stage.
5498 
5499     Note that the repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous, which
5500     might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we repeated.
5501 
5502     Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
5503     an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
5504     length of what remains before proceeding. */
5505 
5506     if (possessive_quantifier)
5507       {
5508       int len;
5509 
5510       if (*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT)
5511         tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] +
5512           ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP
5513           || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0);
5514 
5515       else if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
5516         {
5517         tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode];
5518 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
5519         if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]))
5520           tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]);
5521 #endif
5522         }
5523 
5524       len = (int)(code - tempcode);
5525       if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
5526         {
5527         case OP_STAR:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
5528         case OP_PLUS:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
5529         case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
5530         case OP_UPTO:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
5531 
5532         case OP_STARI:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break;
5533         case OP_PLUSI:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break;
5534         case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break;
5535         case OP_UPTOI:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break;
5536 
5537         case OP_NOTSTAR:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
5538         case OP_NOTPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
5539         case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
5540         case OP_NOTUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
5541 
5542         case OP_NOTSTARI:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break;
5543         case OP_NOTPLUSI:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break;
5544         case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break;
5545         case OP_NOTUPTOI:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break;
5546 
5547         case OP_TYPESTAR:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
5548         case OP_TYPEPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
5549         case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
5550         case OP_TYPEUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
5551 
5552         /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
5553         pending recursive references are updated. */
5554 
5555         default:
5556         *code = OP_END;
5557         adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
5558         memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len));
5559         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
5560         len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
5561         tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
5562         *code++ = OP_KET;
5563         PUTINC(code, 0, len);
5564         PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
5565         break;
5566         }
5567       }
5568 
5569     /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
5570     "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if
5571     it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
5572 
5573     END_REPEAT:
5574     previous = NULL;
5575     cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
5576     break;
5577 
5578 
5579     /* ===================================================================*/
5580     /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
5581     lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
5582     parenthesis forms.  */
5583 
5584     case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
5585     newoptions = options;
5586     skipbytes = 0;
5587     bravalue = OP_CBRA;
5588     save_hwm = cd->hwm;
5589     reset_bracount = FALSE;
5590 
5591     /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
5592 
5593     ptr++;
5594     if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':'
5595          || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0))))
5596       {
5597       int i, namelen;
5598       int arglen = 0;
5599       const char *vn = verbnames;
5600       const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1;
5601       const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL;
5602       previous = NULL;
5603       ptr++;
5604       while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
5605       namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
5606 
5607       /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than
5608       a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on
5609       letters, digits, and underscores. */
5610 
5611       if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
5612         {
5613         arg = ++ptr;
5614         while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
5615         arglen = (int)(ptr - arg);
5616         if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK)
5617           {
5618           *errorcodeptr = ERR75;
5619           goto FAILED;
5620           }
5621         }
5622 
5623       if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
5624         {
5625         *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
5626         goto FAILED;
5627         }
5628 
5629       /* Scan the table of verb names */
5630 
5631       for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
5632         {
5633         if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
5634             STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0)
5635           {
5636           int setverb;
5637 
5638           /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to
5639           ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */
5640 
5641           if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT)
5642             {
5643             open_capitem *oc;
5644             if (arglen != 0)
5645               {
5646               *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
5647               goto FAILED;
5648               }
5649             cd->had_accept = TRUE;
5650             for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
5651               {
5652               *code++ = OP_CLOSE;
5653               PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number);
5654               }
5655             setverb = *code++ =
5656               (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT;
5657 
5658             /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */
5659             if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
5660             }
5661 
5662           /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */
5663 
5664           else if (arglen == 0)
5665             {
5666             if (verbs[i].op < 0)   /* Argument is mandatory */
5667               {
5668               *errorcodeptr = ERR66;
5669               goto FAILED;
5670               }
5671             setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op;
5672             }
5673 
5674           else
5675             {
5676             if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0)   /* Argument is forbidden */
5677               {
5678               *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
5679               goto FAILED;
5680               }
5681             setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg;
5682             *code++ = arglen;
5683             memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen));
5684             code += arglen;
5685             *code++ = 0;
5686             }
5687 
5688           switch (setverb)
5689             {
5690             case OP_THEN:
5691             case OP_THEN_ARG:
5692             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN;
5693             break;
5694 
5695             case OP_PRUNE:
5696             case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
5697             case OP_SKIP:
5698             case OP_SKIP_ARG:
5699             cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE;
5700             break;
5701             }
5702 
5703           break;  /* Found verb, exit loop */
5704           }
5705 
5706         vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
5707         }
5708 
5709       if (i < verbcount) continue;    /* Successfully handled a verb */
5710       *errorcodeptr = ERR60;          /* Verb not recognized */
5711       goto FAILED;
5712       }
5713 
5714     /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
5715     appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
5716 
5717     else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
5718       {
5719       int i, set, unset, namelen;
5720       int *optset;
5721       const pcre_uchar *name;
5722       pcre_uchar *slot;
5723 
5724       switch (*(++ptr))
5725         {
5726         case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN:                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
5727         ptr++;
5728         while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
5729         if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL)
5730           {
5731           *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
5732           goto FAILED;
5733           }
5734         continue;
5735 
5736 
5737         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5738         case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:  /* Reset capture count for each branch */
5739         reset_bracount = TRUE;
5740         /* Fall through */
5741 
5742         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5743         case CHAR_COLON:          /* Non-capturing bracket */
5744         bravalue = OP_BRA;
5745         ptr++;
5746         break;
5747 
5748 
5749         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5750         case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
5751         bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
5752 
5753         /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
5754         group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
5755         recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
5756 
5757         There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
5758         by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
5759 
5760         There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
5761         be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
5762         by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
5763         In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
5764         cases. */
5765 
5766         /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
5767         the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
5768         including assertions, are processed. */
5769 
5770         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
5771             ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
5772           break;
5773 
5774         /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
5775         below), and all need to skip 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */
5776 
5777         code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
5778         skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
5779         refsign = -1;
5780 
5781         /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
5782 
5783         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
5784           {
5785           terminator = -1;
5786           ptr += 2;
5787           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;    /* Change the type of test */
5788           }
5789 
5790         /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
5791         syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
5792 
5793         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
5794           {
5795           terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
5796           ptr++;
5797           }
5798         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
5799           {
5800           terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
5801           ptr++;
5802           }
5803         else
5804           {
5805           terminator = CHAR_NULL;
5806           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr);
5807           }
5808 
5809         /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
5810 
5811         if (!MAX_255(ptr[1]) || (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
5812           {
5813           ptr += 1;  /* To get the right offset */
5814           *errorcodeptr = ERR28;
5815           goto FAILED;
5816           }
5817 
5818         /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
5819 
5820         recno = 0;
5821         name = ++ptr;
5822         while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
5823           {
5824           if (recno >= 0)
5825             recno = (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))? recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0) : -1;
5826           ptr++;
5827           }
5828         namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
5829 
5830         if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) ||
5831             *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
5832           {
5833           ptr--;      /* Error offset */
5834           *errorcodeptr = ERR26;
5835           goto FAILED;
5836           }
5837 
5838         /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
5839 
5840         if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
5841 
5842         /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
5843         reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
5844         be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
5845 
5846         if (refsign > 0)
5847           {
5848           if (recno <= 0)
5849             {
5850             *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
5851             goto FAILED;
5852             }
5853           recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
5854             cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
5855           if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
5856             {
5857             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
5858             goto FAILED;
5859             }
5860           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
5861           break;
5862           }
5863 
5864         /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
5865         name. If we find a name, add one to the opcode to change OP_CREF or
5866         OP_RREF into OP_NCREF or OP_NRREF. These behave exactly the same,
5867         except they record that the reference was originally to a name. The
5868         information is used to check duplicate names. */
5869 
5870         slot = cd->name_table;
5871         for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
5872           {
5873           if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break;
5874           slot += cd->name_entry_size;
5875           }
5876 
5877         /* Found a previous named subpattern */
5878 
5879         if (i < cd->names_found)
5880           {
5881           recno = GET2(slot, 0);
5882           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
5883           code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
5884           }
5885 
5886         /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
5887 
5888         else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
5889                         (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) > 0)
5890           {
5891           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
5892           code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
5893           }
5894 
5895         /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly
5896         after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there
5897         are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator !=
5898         0 [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
5899         now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
5900 
5901         else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL)
5902           {
5903           *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
5904           goto FAILED;
5905           }
5906 
5907         /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
5908         specific group number. */
5909 
5910         else if (*name == CHAR_R)
5911           {
5912           recno = 0;
5913           for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
5914             {
5915             if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i]))
5916               {
5917               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
5918               goto FAILED;
5919               }
5920             recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
5921             }
5922           if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
5923           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;      /* Change test type */
5924           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
5925           }
5926 
5927         /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
5928         false. */
5929 
5930         else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
5931           {
5932           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
5933           skipbytes = 1;
5934           }
5935 
5936         /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
5937         in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
5938 
5939         else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
5940           {
5941           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
5942           }
5943 
5944         /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
5945 
5946         else
5947           {
5948           *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
5949           goto FAILED;
5950           }
5951         break;
5952 
5953 
5954         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5955         case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:                 /* Positive lookahead */
5956         bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
5957         cd->assert_depth += 1;
5958         ptr++;
5959         break;
5960 
5961 
5962         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5963         case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:            /* Negative lookahead */
5964         ptr++;
5965         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)    /* Optimize (?!) */
5966           {
5967           *code++ = OP_FAIL;
5968           previous = NULL;
5969           continue;
5970           }
5971         bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
5972         cd->assert_depth += 1;
5973         break;
5974 
5975 
5976         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5977         case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:              /* Lookbehind or named define */
5978         switch (ptr[1])
5979           {
5980           case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:               /* Positive lookbehind */
5981           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
5982           cd->assert_depth += 1;
5983           ptr += 2;
5984           break;
5985 
5986           case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:          /* Negative lookbehind */
5987           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
5988           cd->assert_depth += 1;
5989           ptr += 2;
5990           break;
5991 
5992           default:                /* Could be name define, else bad */
5993           if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0)
5994             goto DEFINE_NAME;
5995           ptr++;                  /* Correct offset for error */
5996           *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
5997           goto FAILED;
5998           }
5999         break;
6000 
6001 
6002         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6003         case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN:           /* One-time brackets */
6004         bravalue = OP_ONCE;
6005         ptr++;
6006         break;
6007 
6008 
6009         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6010         case CHAR_C:                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
6011         previous_callout = code;     /* Save for later completion */
6012         after_manual_callout = 1;    /* Skip one item before completing */
6013         *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
6014           {
6015           int n = 0;
6016           ptr++;
6017           while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
6018             n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
6019           if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
6020             {
6021             *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
6022             goto FAILED;
6023             }
6024           if (n > 255)
6025             {
6026             *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
6027             goto FAILED;
6028             }
6029           *code++ = n;
6030           PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */
6031           PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                          /* Default length */
6032           code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
6033           }
6034         previous = NULL;
6035         continue;
6036 
6037 
6038         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6039         case CHAR_P:              /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
6040         if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
6041             *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN)  /* Reference or recursion */
6042           {
6043           is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
6044           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
6045           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
6046           }
6047         else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)  /* Test for Python-style defn */
6048           {
6049           *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
6050           goto FAILED;
6051           }
6052         /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
6053 
6054 
6055         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6056         DEFINE_NAME:    /* Come here from (?< handling */
6057         case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
6058           {
6059           terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
6060             CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
6061           name = ++ptr;
6062 
6063           while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
6064           namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
6065 
6066           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
6067 
6068           if (lengthptr != NULL)
6069             {
6070             if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
6071               {
6072               *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
6073               goto FAILED;
6074               }
6075             if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
6076               {
6077               *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
6078               goto FAILED;
6079               }
6080             if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size)
6081               {
6082               cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
6083               if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
6084                 {
6085                 *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
6086                 goto FAILED;
6087                 }
6088               }
6089             }
6090 
6091           /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table, maintaining
6092           alphabetical order. Duplicate names for different numbers are
6093           permitted only if PCRE_DUPNAMES is set. Duplicate names for the same
6094           number are always OK. (An existing number can be re-used if (?|
6095           appears in the pattern.) In either event, a duplicate name results in
6096           a duplicate entry in the table, even if the number is the same. This
6097           is because the number of names, and hence the table size, is computed
6098           in the pre-compile, and it affects various numbers and pointers which
6099           would all have to be modified, and the compiled code moved down, if
6100           duplicates with the same number were omitted from the table. This
6101           doesn't seem worth the hassle. However, *different* names for the
6102           same number are not permitted. */
6103 
6104           else
6105             {
6106             BOOL dupname = FALSE;
6107             slot = cd->name_table;
6108 
6109             for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
6110               {
6111               int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(namelen));
6112               if (crc == 0)
6113                 {
6114                 if (slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0)
6115                   {
6116                   if (GET2(slot, 0) != cd->bracount + 1 &&
6117                       (options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
6118                     {
6119                     *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
6120                     goto FAILED;
6121                     }
6122                   else dupname = TRUE;
6123                   }
6124                 else crc = -1;      /* Current name is a substring */
6125                 }
6126 
6127               /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier
6128               name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for
6129               duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they
6130               are in order of their numbers. */
6131 
6132               if (crc < 0)
6133                 {
6134                 memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
6135                   IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size));
6136                 break;
6137                 }
6138 
6139               /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */
6140 
6141               slot += cd->name_entry_size;
6142               }
6143 
6144             /* For non-duplicate names, check for a duplicate number before
6145             adding the new name. */
6146 
6147             if (!dupname)
6148               {
6149               pcre_uchar *cslot = cd->name_table;
6150               for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
6151                 {
6152                 if (cslot != slot)
6153                   {
6154                   if (GET2(cslot, 0) == cd->bracount + 1)
6155                     {
6156                     *errorcodeptr = ERR65;
6157                     goto FAILED;
6158                     }
6159                   }
6160                 else i--;
6161                 cslot += cd->name_entry_size;
6162                 }
6163               }
6164 
6165             PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
6166             memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(namelen));
6167             slot[IMM2_SIZE + namelen] = 0;
6168             }
6169           }
6170 
6171         /* In both pre-compile and compile, count the number of names we've
6172         encountered. */
6173 
6174         cd->names_found++;
6175         ptr++;                    /* Move past > or ' */
6176         goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
6177 
6178 
6179         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6180         case CHAR_AMPERSAND:            /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
6181         terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
6182         is_recurse = TRUE;
6183         /* Fall through */
6184 
6185         /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
6186         references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
6187         through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
6188         the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
6189         .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
6190 
6191         NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
6192         name = ++ptr;
6193         while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
6194         namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
6195 
6196         /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set
6197         a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass.
6198         However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic,
6199         we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as
6200         otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards
6201         reference, the dummy number will do. */
6202 
6203         if (lengthptr != NULL)
6204           {
6205           const pcre_uchar *temp;
6206 
6207           if (namelen == 0)
6208             {
6209             *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
6210             goto FAILED;
6211             }
6212           if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
6213             {
6214             *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
6215             goto FAILED;
6216             }
6217           if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
6218             {
6219             *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
6220             goto FAILED;
6221             }
6222 
6223           /* The name table does not exist in the first pass, so we cannot
6224           do a simple search as in the code below. Instead, we have to scan the
6225           pattern to find the number. It is important that we scan it only as
6226           far as we have got because the syntax of named subpatterns has not
6227           been checked for the rest of the pattern, and find_parens() assumes
6228           correct syntax. In any case, it's a waste of resources to scan
6229           further. We stop the scan at the current point by temporarily
6230           adjusting the value of cd->endpattern. */
6231 
6232           temp = cd->end_pattern;
6233           cd->end_pattern = ptr;
6234           recno = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
6235             (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf);
6236           cd->end_pattern = temp;
6237           if (recno < 0) recno = 0;    /* Forward ref; set dummy number */
6238           }
6239 
6240         /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
6241         first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
6242         table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
6243         the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
6244 
6245         else
6246           {
6247           slot = cd->name_table;
6248           for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
6249             {
6250             if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 &&
6251                 slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0)
6252               break;
6253             slot += cd->name_entry_size;
6254             }
6255 
6256           if (i < cd->names_found)         /* Back reference */
6257             {
6258             recno = GET2(slot, 0);
6259             }
6260           else if ((recno =                /* Forward back reference */
6261                     find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
6262                       (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) <= 0)
6263             {
6264             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
6265             goto FAILED;
6266             }
6267           }
6268 
6269         /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
6270         recursion or backreferences. */
6271 
6272         if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
6273           else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
6274 
6275 
6276         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6277         case CHAR_R:              /* Recursion */
6278         ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
6279         /* Fall through */
6280 
6281 
6282         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6283         case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS:  /* Recursion or subroutine */
6284         case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
6285         case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
6286           {
6287           const pcre_uchar *called;
6288           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
6289 
6290           /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
6291           compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
6292           the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
6293           be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
6294           ever be taken. */
6295 
6296           HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
6297 
6298           if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
6299             {
6300             ptr++;
6301             if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
6302               {
6303               *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
6304               goto FAILED;
6305               }
6306             }
6307           else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
6308             {
6309             if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
6310               goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
6311             ptr++;
6312             }
6313 
6314           recno = 0;
6315           while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
6316             recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
6317 
6318           if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
6319             {
6320             *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
6321             goto FAILED;
6322             }
6323 
6324           if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
6325             {
6326             if (recno == 0)
6327               {
6328               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
6329               goto FAILED;
6330               }
6331             recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
6332             if (recno <= 0)
6333               {
6334               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
6335               goto FAILED;
6336               }
6337             }
6338           else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
6339             {
6340             if (recno == 0)
6341               {
6342               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
6343               goto FAILED;
6344               }
6345             recno += cd->bracount;
6346             }
6347 
6348           /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
6349 
6350           HANDLE_RECURSION:
6351 
6352           previous = code;
6353           called = cd->start_code;
6354 
6355           /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
6356           referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
6357           this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
6358           the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
6359           now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
6360           be filled in at the end. */
6361 
6362           if (lengthptr == NULL)
6363             {
6364             *code = OP_END;
6365             if (recno != 0)
6366               called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno);
6367 
6368             /* Forward reference */
6369 
6370             if (called == NULL)
6371               {
6372               if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno,
6373                     (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf) < 0)
6374                 {
6375                 *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
6376                 goto FAILED;
6377                 }
6378 
6379               /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an
6380               offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number
6381               of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */
6382 
6383               called = cd->start_code + recno;
6384               if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
6385                   WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
6386                 {
6387                 *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
6388                 if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
6389                 }
6390               PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code));
6391               }
6392 
6393             /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
6394             this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
6395             recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We
6396             must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional
6397             subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in
6398             a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid.
6399             Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in
6400             conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */
6401 
6402             else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 &&
6403                      could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd))
6404               {
6405               *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
6406               goto FAILED;
6407               }
6408             }
6409 
6410           /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first
6411           character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be
6412           wrapped with ONCE brackets). */
6413 
6414           *code = OP_RECURSE;
6415           PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code));
6416           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
6417           groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
6418           }
6419 
6420         /* Can't determine a first byte now */
6421 
6422         if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6423         continue;
6424 
6425 
6426         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
6427         default:              /* Other characters: check option setting */
6428         OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
6429         set = unset = 0;
6430         optset = &set;
6431 
6432         while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
6433           {
6434           switch (*ptr++)
6435             {
6436             case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
6437 
6438             case CHAR_J:    /* Record that it changed in the external options */
6439             *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
6440             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
6441             break;
6442 
6443             case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
6444             case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
6445             case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
6446             case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
6447             case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
6448             case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
6449 
6450             default:  *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
6451                       ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
6452                       goto FAILED;
6453             }
6454           }
6455 
6456         /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
6457 
6458         newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
6459 
6460         /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
6461         group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
6462         item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
6463         abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
6464         the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
6465         caseless checking of required bytes.
6466 
6467         If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
6468         definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
6469         compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
6470         that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
6471         during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
6472         we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
6473         any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
6474         has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
6475         is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
6476         both phases.
6477 
6478         If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the
6479         case value for firstchar and reqchar. */
6480 
6481         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
6482           {
6483           if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
6484                (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
6485             {
6486             cd->external_options = newoptions;
6487             }
6488           else
6489             {
6490             greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
6491             greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
6492             req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
6493             }
6494 
6495           /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
6496           in subsequent branches. */
6497 
6498           *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
6499           previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
6500           continue;              /* It is complete */
6501           }
6502 
6503         /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
6504         with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
6505         not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
6506         the newoptions value is handled below. */
6507 
6508         bravalue = OP_BRA;
6509         ptr++;
6510         }     /* End of switch for character following (? */
6511       }       /* End of (? handling */
6512 
6513     /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
6514     is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
6515     brackets. */
6516 
6517     else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
6518       {
6519       bravalue = OP_BRA;
6520       }
6521 
6522     /* Else we have a capturing group. */
6523 
6524     else
6525       {
6526       NUMBERED_GROUP:
6527       cd->bracount += 1;
6528       PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
6529       skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE;
6530       }
6531 
6532     /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions used not to be repeatable,
6533     but this was changed for Perl compatibility, so all kinds can now be
6534     repeated. We copy code into a non-register variable (tempcode) in order to
6535     be able to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. */
6536 
6537     previous = code;                      /* For handling repetition */
6538     *code = bravalue;
6539     tempcode = code;
6540     tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;        /* Save value before bracket */
6541     tempbracount = cd->bracount;          /* Save value before bracket */
6542     length_prevgroup = 0;                 /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
6543 
6544     if (!compile_regex(
6545          newoptions,                      /* The complete new option state */
6546          &tempcode,                       /* Where to put code (updated) */
6547          &ptr,                            /* Input pointer (updated) */
6548          errorcodeptr,                    /* Where to put an error message */
6549          (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
6550           bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
6551          reset_bracount,                  /* True if (?| group */
6552          skipbytes,                       /* Skip over bracket number */
6553          cond_depth +
6554            ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0),   /* Depth of condition subpatterns */
6555          &subfirstchar,                   /* For possible first char */
6556          &subfirstcharflags,
6557          &subreqchar,                     /* For possible last char */
6558          &subreqcharflags,
6559          bcptr,                           /* Current branch chain */
6560          cd,                              /* Tables block */
6561          (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :      /* Actual compile phase */
6562            &length_prevgroup              /* Pre-compile phase */
6563          ))
6564       goto FAILED;
6565 
6566     /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it,
6567     generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */
6568 
6569     if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount)
6570       *code = OP_ONCE_NC;
6571 
6572     if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT)
6573       cd->assert_depth -= 1;
6574 
6575     /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
6576     group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group.
6577     The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket.
6578 
6579     If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
6580     two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
6581     in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
6582     not be available. */
6583 
6584     if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
6585       {
6586       pcre_uchar *tc = code;
6587       int condcount = 0;
6588 
6589       do {
6590          condcount++;
6591          tc += GET(tc,1);
6592          }
6593       while (*tc != OP_KET);
6594 
6595       /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
6596       false). It must have only one branch. */
6597 
6598       if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
6599         {
6600         if (condcount > 1)
6601           {
6602           *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
6603           goto FAILED;
6604           }
6605         bravalue = OP_DEF;   /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
6606         }
6607 
6608       /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
6609       make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an
6610       empty second branch. */
6611 
6612       else
6613         {
6614         if (condcount > 2)
6615           {
6616           *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
6617           goto FAILED;
6618           }
6619         if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6620         }
6621       }
6622 
6623     /* Error if hit end of pattern */
6624 
6625     if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
6626       {
6627       *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
6628       goto FAILED;
6629       }
6630 
6631     /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
6632     less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
6633     set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
6634     duplicated by a quantifier.*/
6635 
6636     if (lengthptr != NULL)
6637       {
6638       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
6639         {
6640         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
6641         goto FAILED;
6642         }
6643       *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
6644       code++;   /* This already contains bravalue */
6645       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
6646       *code++ = OP_KET;
6647       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
6648       break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
6649       }
6650 
6651     /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
6652 
6653     code = tempcode;
6654 
6655     /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
6656     relevant. */
6657 
6658     if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
6659 
6660     /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
6661     group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
6662     branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
6663     zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and
6664     zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
6665     back off. */
6666 
6667     zeroreqchar = reqchar;
6668     zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
6669     zerofirstchar = firstchar;
6670     zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
6671     groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
6672 
6673     if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
6674       {
6675       /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the
6676       subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
6677       than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has
6678       no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
6679       repeat forces firstchar to "none". */
6680 
6681       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
6682         {
6683         if (subfirstcharflags >= 0)
6684           {
6685           firstchar = subfirstchar;
6686           firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags;
6687           groupsetfirstchar = TRUE;
6688           }
6689         else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6690         zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6691         }
6692 
6693       /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar
6694       into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
6695       existence beforehand. */
6696 
6697       else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0)
6698         {
6699         subreqchar = subfirstchar;
6700         subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary;
6701         }
6702 
6703       /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
6704       really the first byte - see above), set it. */
6705 
6706       if (subreqcharflags >= 0)
6707         {
6708         reqchar = subreqchar;
6709         reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
6710         }
6711       }
6712 
6713     /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be
6714     helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
6715     char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar
6716     for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
6717     such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead
6718     of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
6719     firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */
6720 
6721     else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0)
6722       {
6723       reqchar = subreqchar;
6724       reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
6725       }
6726     break;     /* End of processing '(' */
6727 
6728 
6729     /* ===================================================================*/
6730     /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
6731     are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the
6732     default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values
6733     are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types
6734     that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between
6735     ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are
6736     ever created. */
6737 
6738     case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
6739     tempptr = ptr;
6740     escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
6741 
6742     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
6743 
6744     if (escape == 0)
6745       c = ec;
6746     else
6747       {
6748       if (escape == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
6749         {
6750         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
6751           ptr += 2;               /* avoid empty string */
6752             else inescq = TRUE;
6753         continue;
6754         }
6755 
6756       if (escape == ESC_E) continue;  /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
6757 
6758       /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
6759       setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
6760 
6761       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)
6762         firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6763 
6764       /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
6765 
6766       zerofirstchar = firstchar;
6767       zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
6768       zeroreqchar = reqchar;
6769       zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
6770 
6771       /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
6772       is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
6773       ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
6774       or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
6775       -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as
6776       that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
6777 
6778       if (escape == ESC_g)
6779         {
6780         const pcre_uchar *p;
6781         save_hwm = cd->hwm;   /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
6782         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
6783           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
6784 
6785         /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
6786         unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
6787         fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
6788         would actually be in error are never taken. */
6789 
6790         skipbytes = 0;
6791         reset_bracount = FALSE;
6792 
6793         /* Test for a name */
6794 
6795         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS)
6796           {
6797           BOOL is_a_number = TRUE;
6798           for (p = ptr + 1; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != (pcre_uchar)terminator; p++)
6799             {
6800             if (!MAX_255(*p)) { is_a_number = FALSE; break; }
6801             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) is_a_number = FALSE;
6802             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
6803             }
6804           if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
6805             {
6806             *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
6807             break;
6808             }
6809           if (is_a_number)
6810             {
6811             ptr++;
6812             goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
6813             }
6814           is_recurse = TRUE;
6815           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
6816           }
6817 
6818         /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
6819 
6820         p = ptr + 2;
6821         while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
6822         if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
6823           {
6824           *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
6825           break;
6826           }
6827         ptr++;
6828         goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
6829         }
6830 
6831       /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
6832       We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax).  */
6833 
6834       if (escape == ESC_k)
6835         {
6836         if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN &&
6837           ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
6838           {
6839           *errorcodeptr = ERR69;
6840           break;
6841           }
6842         is_recurse = FALSE;
6843         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
6844           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
6845           CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
6846         goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
6847         }
6848 
6849       /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if
6850       not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
6851       ':' later. */
6852 
6853       if (escape < 0)
6854         {
6855         open_capitem *oc;
6856         recno = -escape;
6857 
6858         HANDLE_REFERENCE:    /* Come here from named backref handling */
6859         if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6860         previous = code;
6861         *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF;
6862         PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
6863         cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
6864         if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
6865 
6866         /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
6867         is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
6868         group can be made atomic. */
6869 
6870         for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
6871           {
6872           if (oc->number == recno)
6873             {
6874             oc->flag = TRUE;
6875             break;
6876             }
6877           }
6878         }
6879 
6880       /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
6881 
6882 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
6883       else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
6884         {
6885         BOOL negated;
6886         unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
6887         if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
6888           goto FAILED;
6889         previous = code;
6890         *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
6891         *code++ = ptype;
6892         *code++ = pdata;
6893         }
6894 #else
6895 
6896       /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
6897       allowed. */
6898 
6899       else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
6900         {
6901         *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
6902         goto FAILED;
6903         }
6904 #endif
6905 
6906       /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
6907       can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default
6908       situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute
6909       Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character
6910       lookbehind. */
6911 
6912       else
6913         {
6914         if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B) && cd->max_lookbehind == 0)
6915           cd->max_lookbehind = 1;
6916 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
6917         if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu)
6918           {
6919           nestptr = ptr + 1;                   /* Where to resume */
6920           ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1;  /* Just before substitute */
6921           }
6922         else
6923 #endif
6924         /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE
6925         so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */
6926 
6927           {
6928           previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
6929           *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape;
6930           }
6931         }
6932       continue;
6933       }
6934 
6935     /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
6936     a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
6937     handle it as a data character. */
6938 
6939 #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
6940     if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
6941       mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
6942     else
6943 #endif
6944 
6945      {
6946      mcbuffer[0] = c;
6947      mclength = 1;
6948      }
6949     goto ONE_CHAR;
6950 
6951 
6952     /* ===================================================================*/
6953     /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
6954     when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
6955     multi-byte literal character. */
6956 
6957     default:
6958     NORMAL_CHAR:
6959     mclength = 1;
6960     mcbuffer[0] = c;
6961 
6962 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
6963     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
6964       ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr));
6965 #endif
6966 
6967     /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
6968     in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
6969 
6970     ONE_CHAR:
6971     previous = code;
6972 
6973     /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether
6974     this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special
6975     OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */
6976 
6977 #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
6978     if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
6979       {
6980       GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer);
6981       if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
6982         {
6983         *code++ = OP_PROP;
6984         *code++ = PT_CLIST;
6985         *code++ = c;
6986         if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
6987         break;
6988         }
6989       }
6990 #endif
6991 
6992     /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */
6993 
6994     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR;
6995     for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
6996 
6997     /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
6998 
6999     if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
7000       cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
7001 
7002     /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
7003     byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
7004     Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero
7005     repeat. */
7006 
7007     if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
7008       {
7009       zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
7010       zeroreqchar = reqchar;
7011       zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
7012 
7013       /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar
7014       only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
7015 
7016       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
7017         {
7018         firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
7019         firstchar = mcbuffer[0];
7020         firstcharflags = req_caseopt;
7021 
7022         if (mclength != 1)
7023           {
7024           reqchar = code[-1];
7025           reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt;
7026           }
7027         }
7028       else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
7029       }
7030 
7031     /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is
7032     1 or the matching is caseful. */
7033 
7034     else
7035       {
7036       zerofirstchar = firstchar;
7037       zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
7038       zeroreqchar = reqchar;
7039       zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
7040       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
7041         {
7042         reqchar = code[-1];
7043         reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
7044         }
7045       }
7046 
7047     break;            /* End of literal character handling */
7048     }
7049   }                   /* end of big loop */
7050 
7051 
7052 /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
7053 error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
7054 to the user for diagnosing the error. */
7055 
7056 FAILED:
7057 *ptrptr = ptr;
7058 return FALSE;
7059 }
7060 
7061 
7062 
7063 /*************************************************
7064 *     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
7065 *************************************************/
7066 
7067 /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
7068 points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
7069 variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
7070 This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
7071 out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
7072 value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
7073 
7074 Arguments:
7075   options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
7076   codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
7077   ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
7078   errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
7079   lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
7080   reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
7081   skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
7082   cond_depth     depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns
7083   firstcharptr    place to put the first required character
7084   firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
7085   reqcharptr     place to put the last required character
7086   reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
7087   bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
7088   cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
7089   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
7090                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
7091 
7092 Returns:         TRUE on success
7093 */
7094 
7095 static BOOL
compile_regex(int options,pcre_uchar ** codeptr,const pcre_uchar ** ptrptr,int * errorcodeptr,BOOL lookbehind,BOOL reset_bracount,int skipbytes,int cond_depth,pcre_uint32 * firstcharptr,pcre_int32 * firstcharflagsptr,pcre_uint32 * reqcharptr,pcre_int32 * reqcharflagsptr,branch_chain * bcptr,compile_data * cd,int * lengthptr)7096 compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr,
7097   int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
7098   int cond_depth,
7099   pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
7100   pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
7101   branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
7102 {
7103 const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
7104 pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
7105 pcre_uchar *last_branch = code;
7106 pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code;
7107 pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL;
7108 open_capitem capitem;
7109 int capnumber = 0;
7110 pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
7111 pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
7112 pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar;
7113 pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags;
7114 int length;
7115 unsigned int orig_bracount;
7116 unsigned int max_bracount;
7117 branch_chain bc;
7118 
7119 bc.outer = bcptr;
7120 bc.current_branch = code;
7121 
7122 firstchar = reqchar = 0;
7123 firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
7124 
7125 /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
7126 length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
7127 beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
7128 lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
7129 start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
7130 the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
7131 
7132 length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
7133 
7134 /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
7135 the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
7136 them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
7137 pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
7138 
7139 /* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items
7140 so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to
7141 detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that
7142 only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants,
7143 e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */
7144 
7145 if (*code == OP_CBRA)
7146   {
7147   capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
7148   capitem.number = capnumber;
7149   capitem.next = cd->open_caps;
7150   capitem.flag = FALSE;
7151   cd->open_caps = &capitem;
7152   }
7153 
7154 /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
7155 
7156 PUT(code, 1, 0);
7157 code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
7158 
7159 /* Loop for each alternative branch */
7160 
7161 orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
7162 for (;;)
7163   {
7164   /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
7165   uses the same numbers. */
7166 
7167   if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
7168 
7169   /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
7170 
7171   if (lookbehind)
7172     {
7173     *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
7174     reverse_count = code;
7175     PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
7176     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7177     }
7178 
7179   /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
7180   into the length. */
7181 
7182   if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar,
7183         &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc,
7184         cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
7185     {
7186     *ptrptr = ptr;
7187     return FALSE;
7188     }
7189 
7190   /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
7191   has fewer than the rest. */
7192 
7193   if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
7194 
7195   /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
7196 
7197   if (lengthptr == NULL)
7198     {
7199     /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the
7200     branch become the values for the regex. */
7201 
7202     if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
7203       {
7204       firstchar = branchfirstchar;
7205       firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
7206       reqchar = branchreqchar;
7207       reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags;
7208       }
7209 
7210     /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to
7211     match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
7212     previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
7213     and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
7214 
7215     else
7216       {
7217       /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch,
7218       we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was
7219       previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */
7220 
7221       if (firstcharflags >= 0 &&
7222           (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar))
7223         {
7224         if (reqcharflags < 0)
7225           {
7226           reqchar = firstchar;
7227           reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
7228           }
7229         firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
7230         }
7231 
7232       /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the
7233       branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */
7234 
7235       if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0)
7236         {
7237         branchreqchar = branchfirstchar;
7238         branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
7239         }
7240 
7241       /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */
7242 
7243       if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) ||
7244           reqchar != branchreqchar)
7245         reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
7246       else
7247         {
7248         reqchar = branchreqchar;
7249         reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
7250         }
7251       }
7252 
7253     /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
7254     put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
7255     branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3
7256     because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a
7257     flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the
7258     end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of
7259     the problem can be shown. */
7260 
7261     if (lookbehind)
7262       {
7263       int fixed_length;
7264       *code = OP_END;
7265       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch,  (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0,
7266         FALSE, cd);
7267       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
7268       if (fixed_length == -3)
7269         {
7270         cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE;
7271         }
7272       else if (fixed_length < 0)
7273         {
7274         *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
7275                         (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25;
7276         *ptrptr = ptr;
7277         return FALSE;
7278         }
7279       else
7280         {
7281         if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind)
7282           cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
7283         PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
7284         }
7285       }
7286     }
7287 
7288   /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
7289   compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
7290   of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
7291   first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
7292   group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
7293   bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
7294 
7295   if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
7296     {
7297     if (lengthptr == NULL)
7298       {
7299       int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch);
7300       do
7301         {
7302         int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
7303         PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
7304         branch_length = prev_length;
7305         last_branch -= branch_length;
7306         }
7307       while (branch_length > 0);
7308       }
7309 
7310     /* Fill in the ket */
7311 
7312     *code = OP_KET;
7313     PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
7314     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7315 
7316     /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any
7317     recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets.
7318     In any event, remove the block from the chain. */
7319 
7320     if (capnumber > 0)
7321       {
7322       if (cd->open_caps->flag)
7323         {
7324         memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket,
7325           IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket));
7326         *start_bracket = OP_ONCE;
7327         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7328         PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
7329         *code = OP_KET;
7330         PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
7331         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7332         length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
7333         }
7334       cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next;
7335       }
7336 
7337     /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
7338 
7339     cd->bracount = max_bracount;
7340 
7341     /* Set values to pass back */
7342 
7343     *codeptr = code;
7344     *ptrptr = ptr;
7345     *firstcharptr = firstchar;
7346     *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
7347     *reqcharptr = reqchar;
7348     *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
7349     if (lengthptr != NULL)
7350       {
7351       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
7352         {
7353         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
7354         return FALSE;
7355         }
7356       *lengthptr += length;
7357       }
7358     return TRUE;
7359     }
7360 
7361   /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
7362   pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
7363   pretend that each branch is the only one.)
7364 
7365   In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
7366   to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
7367   is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
7368   zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
7369 
7370   if (lengthptr != NULL)
7371     {
7372     code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
7373     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7374     }
7375   else
7376     {
7377     *code = OP_ALT;
7378     PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch));
7379     bc.current_branch = last_branch = code;
7380     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7381     }
7382 
7383   ptr++;
7384   }
7385 /* Control never reaches here */
7386 }
7387 
7388 
7389 
7390 
7391 /*************************************************
7392 *          Check for anchored expression         *
7393 *************************************************/
7394 
7395 /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
7396 alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
7397 all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
7398 it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will
7399 be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode.
7400 
7401 We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
7402 This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
7403 into account the match offset".
7404 
7405 A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
7406 because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
7407 so there is no point trying again.... er ....
7408 
7409 .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
7410 subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
7411 to catch that case precisely.
7412 
7413 At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
7414 and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
7415 However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
7416 of the more common cases more precisely.
7417 
7418 ... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because
7419 this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted.
7420 
7421 Arguments:
7422   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
7423   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
7424                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
7425                   the less precise approach
7426   cd             points to the compile data block
7427   atomcount      atomic group level
7428 
7429 Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
7430 */
7431 
7432 static BOOL
is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar * code,unsigned int bracket_map,compile_data * cd,int atomcount)7433 is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
7434   compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
7435 {
7436 do {
7437    const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
7438      code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
7439    register int op = *scode;
7440 
7441    /* Non-capturing brackets */
7442 
7443    if (op == OP_BRA  || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
7444        op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
7445      {
7446      if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7447      }
7448 
7449    /* Capturing brackets */
7450 
7451    else if (op == OP_CBRA  || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
7452             op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
7453      {
7454      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
7455      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
7456      if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7457      }
7458 
7459    /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */
7460 
7461    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND)
7462      {
7463      if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7464      }
7465 
7466    /* Atomic groups */
7467 
7468    else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
7469      {
7470      if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1))
7471        return FALSE;
7472      }
7473 
7474    /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
7475    it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic
7476    group. */
7477 
7478    else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
7479              op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
7480      {
7481      if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
7482          atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
7483        return FALSE;
7484      }
7485 
7486    /* Check for explicit anchoring */
7487 
7488    else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
7489 
7490    code += GET(code, 1);
7491    }
7492 while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
7493 return TRUE;
7494 }
7495 
7496 
7497 
7498 /*************************************************
7499 *         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
7500 *************************************************/
7501 
7502 /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
7503 "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
7504 matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
7505 the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
7506 have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
7507 because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .*
7508 inside atomic brackets or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not
7509 count, because once again the assumption no longer holds.
7510 
7511 Arguments:
7512   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
7513   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
7514                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
7515                   the less precise approach
7516   cd             points to the compile data
7517   atomcount      atomic group level
7518 
7519 Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
7520 */
7521 
7522 static BOOL
is_startline(const pcre_uchar * code,unsigned int bracket_map,compile_data * cd,int atomcount)7523 is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
7524   compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
7525 {
7526 do {
7527    const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
7528      code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
7529    register int op = *scode;
7530 
7531    /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
7532    conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
7533    for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
7534    auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
7535 
7536    if (op == OP_COND)
7537      {
7538      scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7539      if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
7540      switch (*scode)
7541        {
7542        case OP_CREF:
7543        case OP_NCREF:
7544        case OP_RREF:
7545        case OP_NRREF:
7546        case OP_DEF:
7547        return FALSE;
7548 
7549        default:     /* Assertion */
7550        if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7551        do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
7552        scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
7553        break;
7554        }
7555      scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE);
7556      op = *scode;
7557      }
7558 
7559    /* Non-capturing brackets */
7560 
7561    if (op == OP_BRA  || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
7562        op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
7563      {
7564      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7565      }
7566 
7567    /* Capturing brackets */
7568 
7569    else if (op == OP_CBRA  || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
7570             op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
7571      {
7572      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
7573      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
7574      if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7575      }
7576 
7577    /* Positive forward assertions */
7578 
7579    else if (op == OP_ASSERT)
7580      {
7581      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
7582      }
7583 
7584    /* Atomic brackets */
7585 
7586    else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
7587      {
7588      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE;
7589      }
7590 
7591    /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or
7592    brackets that may be referenced, as long as the pattern does not contain
7593    *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example,
7594    /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the
7595    start of a line. */
7596 
7597    else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
7598      {
7599      if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
7600          atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
7601        return FALSE;
7602      }
7603 
7604    /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note
7605    in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC
7606    because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside
7607    them. */
7608 
7609    else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE;
7610 
7611    /* Move on to the next alternative */
7612 
7613    code += GET(code, 1);
7614    }
7615 while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
7616 return TRUE;
7617 }
7618 
7619 
7620 
7621 /*************************************************
7622 *       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
7623 *************************************************/
7624 
7625 /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
7626 discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
7627 However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
7628 it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
7629 char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
7630 of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
7631 we return that char, otherwise -1.
7632 
7633 Arguments:
7634   code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
7635   flags       points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE
7636   inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
7637 
7638 Returns:     the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags
7639 */
7640 
7641 static pcre_uint32
find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar * code,pcre_int32 * flags,BOOL inassert)7642 find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags,
7643   BOOL inassert)
7644 {
7645 register pcre_uint32 c = 0;
7646 int cflags = REQ_NONE;
7647 
7648 *flags = REQ_NONE;
7649 do {
7650    pcre_uint32 d;
7651    int dflags;
7652    int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA ||
7653              *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0;
7654    const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl,
7655      TRUE);
7656    register pcre_uchar op = *scode;
7657 
7658    switch(op)
7659      {
7660      default:
7661      return 0;
7662 
7663      case OP_BRA:
7664      case OP_BRAPOS:
7665      case OP_CBRA:
7666      case OP_SCBRA:
7667      case OP_CBRAPOS:
7668      case OP_SCBRAPOS:
7669      case OP_ASSERT:
7670      case OP_ONCE:
7671      case OP_ONCE_NC:
7672      case OP_COND:
7673      d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT);
7674      if (dflags < 0)
7675        return 0;
7676      if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0;
7677      break;
7678 
7679      case OP_EXACT:
7680      scode += IMM2_SIZE;
7681      /* Fall through */
7682 
7683      case OP_CHAR:
7684      case OP_PLUS:
7685      case OP_MINPLUS:
7686      case OP_POSPLUS:
7687      if (!inassert) return 0;
7688      if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; }
7689        else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
7690      break;
7691 
7692      case OP_EXACTI:
7693      scode += IMM2_SIZE;
7694      /* Fall through */
7695 
7696      case OP_CHARI:
7697      case OP_PLUSI:
7698      case OP_MINPLUSI:
7699      case OP_POSPLUSI:
7700      if (!inassert) return 0;
7701      if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; }
7702        else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
7703      break;
7704      }
7705 
7706    code += GET(code, 1);
7707    }
7708 while (*code == OP_ALT);
7709 
7710 *flags = cflags;
7711 return c;
7712 }
7713 
7714 
7715 
7716 /*************************************************
7717 *        Compile a Regular Expression            *
7718 *************************************************/
7719 
7720 /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
7721 holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
7722 function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
7723 compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
7724 
7725 Arguments:
7726   pattern       the regular expression
7727   options       various option bits
7728   errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
7729                   can be NULL if you don't want a code value
7730   errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
7731   erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
7732   tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
7733 
7734 Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
7735                 with errorptr and erroroffset set
7736 */
7737 
7738 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
7739 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
pcre_compile(const char * pattern,int options,const char ** errorptr,int * erroroffset,const unsigned char * tables)7740 pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
7741   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
7742 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
7743 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
7744 pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
7745   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
7746 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
7747 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
7748 pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
7749   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
7750 #endif
7751 {
7752 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
7753 return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
7754 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
7755 return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
7756 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
7757 return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
7758 #endif
7759 }
7760 
7761 
7762 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
7763 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
pcre_compile2(const char * pattern,int options,int * errorcodeptr,const char ** errorptr,int * erroroffset,const unsigned char * tables)7764 pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
7765   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
7766 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
7767 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
7768 pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
7769   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
7770 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
7771 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
7772 pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
7773   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
7774 #endif
7775 {
7776 REAL_PCRE *re;
7777 int length = 1;  /* For final END opcode */
7778 pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
7779 pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
7780 int newline;
7781 int errorcode = 0;
7782 int skipatstart = 0;
7783 BOOL utf;
7784 size_t size;
7785 pcre_uchar *code;
7786 const pcre_uchar *codestart;
7787 const pcre_uchar *ptr;
7788 compile_data compile_block;
7789 compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
7790 
7791 /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
7792 computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
7793 as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
7794 this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
7795 to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case
7796 new memory is obtained from malloc(). */
7797 
7798 pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
7799 
7800 /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
7801 
7802 ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
7803 
7804 /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
7805 can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
7806 pointer. */
7807 
7808 if (errorptr == NULL)
7809   {
7810   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
7811   return NULL;
7812   }
7813 
7814 *errorptr = NULL;
7815 if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
7816 
7817 /* However, we can give a message for this error */
7818 
7819 if (erroroffset == NULL)
7820   {
7821   errorcode = ERR16;
7822   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
7823   }
7824 
7825 *erroroffset = 0;
7826 
7827 /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
7828 
7829 if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables);
7830 cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
7831 cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
7832 cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
7833 cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
7834 
7835 /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
7836 
7837 if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
7838   {
7839   errorcode = ERR17;
7840   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
7841   }
7842 
7843 /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
7844 the offset for later. */
7845 
7846 while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
7847        ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
7848   {
7849   int newnl = 0;
7850   int newbsr = 0;
7851 
7852 /* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the
7853 relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that
7854 PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */
7855 
7856 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
7857   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
7858     { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
7859 #endif
7860 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16
7861   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
7862     { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; }
7863 #endif
7864 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
7865   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
7866     { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; }
7867 #endif
7868 
7869   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
7870     { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
7871   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
7872     { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; }
7873   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0)
7874     { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; }
7875 
7876   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
7877     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
7878   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3)  == 0)
7879     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
7880   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5)  == 0)
7881     { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
7882   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
7883     { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
7884   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
7885     { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
7886 
7887   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
7888     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
7889   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
7890     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
7891 
7892   if (newnl != 0)
7893     options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
7894   else if (newbsr != 0)
7895     options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
7896   else break;
7897   }
7898 
7899 /* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
7900 utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
7901 
7902 /* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The
7903 return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in
7904 release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is
7905 not used here. */
7906 
7907 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
7908 if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
7909      (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0)
7910   {
7911 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
7912   errorcode = ERR44;
7913 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
7914   errorcode = ERR74;
7915 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
7916   errorcode = ERR77;
7917 #endif
7918   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
7919   }
7920 #else
7921 if (utf)
7922   {
7923   errorcode = ERR32;
7924   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
7925   }
7926 #endif
7927 
7928 /* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
7929 
7930 #ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
7931 if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
7932   {
7933   errorcode = ERR67;
7934   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
7935   }
7936 #endif
7937 
7938 /* Check validity of \R options. */
7939 
7940 if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) ==
7941      (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
7942   {
7943   errorcode = ERR56;
7944   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
7945   }
7946 
7947 /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
7948 current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
7949 "anycrlf". */
7950 
7951 switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
7952   {
7953   case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break;   /* Build-time default */
7954   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
7955   case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
7956   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
7957        PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
7958   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
7959   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
7960   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
7961   }
7962 
7963 if (newline == -2)
7964   {
7965   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
7966   }
7967 else if (newline < 0)
7968   {
7969   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
7970   }
7971 else
7972   {
7973   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
7974   if (newline > 255)
7975     {
7976     cd->nllen = 2;
7977     cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
7978     cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
7979     }
7980   else
7981     {
7982     cd->nllen = 1;
7983     cd->nl[0] = newline;
7984     }
7985   }
7986 
7987 /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
7988 references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
7989 */
7990 
7991 cd->top_backref = 0;
7992 cd->backref_map = 0;
7993 
7994 /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
7995 
7996 DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
7997 #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
7998 print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern);
7999 #endif
8000 DPRINTF(("\n"));
8001 
8002 /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
8003 of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
8004 argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
8005 to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
8006 no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
8007 is a test for its doing so. */
8008 
8009 cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
8010 cd->names_found = 0;
8011 cd->name_entry_size = 0;
8012 cd->name_table = NULL;
8013 cd->start_code = cworkspace;
8014 cd->hwm = cworkspace;
8015 cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
8016 cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE;
8017 cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
8018 cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern));
8019 cd->req_varyopt = 0;
8020 cd->assert_depth = 0;
8021 cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
8022 cd->external_options = options;
8023 cd->external_flags = 0;
8024 cd->open_caps = NULL;
8025 
8026 /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
8027 don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
8028 been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
8029 found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
8030 outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
8031 
8032 ptr += skipatstart;
8033 code = cworkspace;
8034 *code = OP_BRA;
8035 (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE,
8036   FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL,
8037   cd, &length);
8038 if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
8039 
8040 DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
8041   (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace)));
8042 
8043 if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
8044   {
8045   errorcode = ERR20;
8046   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
8047   }
8048 
8049 /* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
8050 externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
8051 because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
8052 cd->name_entry_size. */
8053 
8054 size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) + (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar);
8055 re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size);
8056 
8057 if (re == NULL)
8058   {
8059   errorcode = ERR21;
8060   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
8061   }
8062 
8063 /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
8064 flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
8065 tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
8066 regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
8067 pointers. */
8068 
8069 re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
8070 re->size = (int)size;
8071 re->options = cd->external_options;
8072 re->flags = cd->external_flags;
8073 re->first_char = 0;
8074 re->req_char = 0;
8075 re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
8076 re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
8077 re->name_count = cd->names_found;
8078 re->ref_count = 0;
8079 re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables;
8080 re->nullpad = NULL;
8081 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
8082 re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = 0;
8083 #endif
8084 
8085 /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
8086 passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
8087 options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
8088 field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
8089 field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
8090 */
8091 
8092 cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount;  /* Save for checking forward references */
8093 cd->assert_depth = 0;
8094 cd->bracount = 0;
8095 cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
8096 cd->names_found = 0;
8097 cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
8098 codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
8099 cd->start_code = codestart;
8100 cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace);
8101 cd->req_varyopt = 0;
8102 cd->had_accept = FALSE;
8103 cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE;
8104 cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE;
8105 cd->open_caps = NULL;
8106 
8107 /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
8108 error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
8109 of the function here. */
8110 
8111 ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart;
8112 code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
8113 *code = OP_BRA;
8114 (void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0,
8115   &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL);
8116 re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
8117 re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
8118 re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind;
8119 re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE;
8120 
8121 if (cd->had_accept)
8122   {
8123   reqchar = 0;              /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
8124   reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
8125   }
8126 
8127 /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
8128 
8129 if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22;
8130 
8131 /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
8132 if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
8133 
8134 *code++ = OP_END;
8135 
8136 #ifndef PCRE_DEBUG
8137 if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
8138 #endif
8139 
8140 #ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
8141 /* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra
8142 allocated memory as unadressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be
8143 detected. */
8144 VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
8145 #endif
8146 
8147 /* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated
8148 references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */
8149 
8150 if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
8151   {
8152   int prev_recno = -1;
8153   const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL;
8154   while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
8155     {
8156     int offset, recno;
8157     cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
8158     offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
8159     recno = GET(codestart, offset);
8160     if (recno != prev_recno)
8161       {
8162       groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno);
8163       prev_recno = recno;
8164       }
8165     if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
8166       else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart));
8167     }
8168   }
8169 
8170 /* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. */
8171 
8172 if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
8173   (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
8174 
8175 /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
8176 subpattern. */
8177 
8178 if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
8179 
8180 /* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE
8181 (recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here,
8182 because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed
8183 length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without
8184 OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The
8185 exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed
8186 length, and set their lengths. */
8187 
8188 if (cd->check_lookbehind)
8189   {
8190   pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
8191 
8192   /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have
8193   their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length
8194   of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find
8195   one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */
8196 
8197   for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1);
8198        cc != NULL;
8199        cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1))
8200     {
8201     if (GET(cc, 1) == 0)
8202       {
8203       int fixed_length;
8204       pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE);
8205       int end_op = *be;
8206       *be = OP_END;
8207       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE,
8208         cd);
8209       *be = end_op;
8210       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
8211       if (fixed_length < 0)
8212         {
8213         errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
8214                     (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25;
8215         break;
8216         }
8217       if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
8218       PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length);
8219       }
8220     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
8221     }
8222   }
8223 
8224 /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
8225 
8226 if (errorcode != 0)
8227   {
8228   (PUBL(free))(re);
8229   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
8230   *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern);
8231   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
8232   *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
8233   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
8234   return NULL;
8235   }
8236 
8237 /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
8238 the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such
8239 as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences
8240 of *PRUNE or *SKIP.
8241 
8242 Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
8243 speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
8244 PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
8245 start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for
8246 non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */
8247 
8248 if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
8249   {
8250   if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
8251   else
8252     {
8253     if (firstcharflags < 0)
8254       firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE);
8255     if (firstcharflags >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
8256       {
8257 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
8258       re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff;
8259 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
8260       re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff;
8261 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
8262       re->first_char = firstchar;
8263 #endif
8264       if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
8265         {
8266 #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
8267         /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
8268         if (utf)
8269           {
8270           if (re->first_char < 128)
8271             {
8272             if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
8273               re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
8274             }
8275           else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char)
8276             re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
8277           }
8278         else
8279 #endif
8280         if (MAX_255(re->first_char)
8281             && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
8282           re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
8283         }
8284 
8285       re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
8286       }
8287 
8288     else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
8289     }
8290   }
8291 
8292 /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
8293 variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
8294 bytes. */
8295 
8296 if (reqcharflags >= 0 &&
8297      ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0))
8298   {
8299 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
8300   re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff;
8301 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
8302   re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff;
8303 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
8304   re->req_char = reqchar;
8305 #endif
8306   if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
8307     {
8308 #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
8309     /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
8310     if (utf)
8311       {
8312       if (re->req_char < 128)
8313         {
8314         if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
8315           re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
8316         }
8317       else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char)
8318         re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
8319       }
8320     else
8321 #endif
8322     if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
8323       re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
8324     }
8325 
8326   re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
8327   }
8328 
8329 /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
8330 case when building a production library. */
8331 
8332 #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
8333 printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
8334   length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
8335 
8336 printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
8337 
8338 if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
8339   {
8340   pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char;
8341   const char *caseless =
8342     ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
8343   if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
8344     else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
8345   }
8346 
8347 if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
8348   {
8349   pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char;
8350   const char *caseless =
8351     ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
8352   if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
8353     else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
8354   }
8355 
8356 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
8357 pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
8358 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
8359 pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
8360 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
8361 pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
8362 #endif
8363 
8364 /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
8365 was compiled can be seen. */
8366 
8367 if (code - codestart > length)
8368   {
8369   (PUBL(free))(re);
8370   *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
8371   *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern;
8372   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
8373   return NULL;
8374   }
8375 #endif   /* PCRE_DEBUG */
8376 
8377 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
8378 return (pcre *)re;
8379 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
8380 return (pcre16 *)re;
8381 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
8382 return (pcre32 *)re;
8383 #endif
8384 }
8385 
8386 /* End of pcre_compile.c */
8387